summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
committerNorbert Preining <norbert@preining.info>2019-09-02 13:46:59 +0900
commite0c6872cf40896c7be36b11dcc744620f10adf1d (patch)
tree60335e10d2f4354b0674ec22d7b53f0f8abee672 /obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
Initial commit
Diffstat (limited to 'obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt')
-rw-r--r--obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt11553
1 files changed, 11553 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt b/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
new file mode 100644
index 0000000000..ffef9e88d3
--- /dev/null
+++ b/obsolete/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
@@ -0,0 +1,11553 @@
+=======================================================================
+ @ASCII-file{
+ filename = "TeX-index",
+ version = "1.06",
+ date = "22 December 1992",
+ time = "18:29:27 EST",
+ author = "David M. Jones",
+ address = "MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Room NE43-316
+ 545 Technology Square
+ Cambridge, MA 02139
+ USA",
+ telephone = "(617) 253-5936",
+ FAX = "(617) 253-3480",
+ checksum = "10254 11553 46236 367136",
+ email = "dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu (Internet)",
+ codetable = "ISO/ASCII",
+ keywords = "TeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, etc., macros",
+ supported = "yes",
+ docstring = "This is a catalogue of TeX macros. The most recent
+ version is always available from theory.lcs.mit.edu in
+ the directory pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt.
+
+ Copies can also be obtained from the following
+ locations:
+
+ ftp.tex.ac.uk:pub/archive/help/tex-styles-and-macros.txt
+ ftp.th-darmstadt.de:
+ pub/tex/documentation/tex-styles-and-macros.txt[.Z]
+ ftp.uni-stuttgart.de:/soft/tex/documentation/TeX-index
+ ftp.SHSU.edu:[fileserv.tex-index]tex.index
+ ymir.claremont.edu:[anonymous.tex.documentation]tex-index.txt
+
+ ftp.cs.ruu.nl:pub/TEX/DOC/TeX-index.Z
+ ftp.math.utah.edu:pub/tex/tex-index
+ ftp.diku.dk:pub/TeX/misc/TeX-Index.Z
+
+ The Catalogue is also available on SPAN at node 39003 in
+ 39003::$1$dia1:[tex]0000tex-index
+
+ The checksum field above contains a CRC-16 checksum as
+ the first value, followed by the equivalent of the
+ standard UNIX wc (word count) utility output of lines,
+ words, and characters. This is produced by Robert
+ Solovay's checksum utility.",
+ }
+========================================================================
+ A CATALOGUE OF TEX MACROS
+
+INTRODUCTION
+
+This is a catalogue of TeX macros. Its scope includes all macros that
+are available via anonymous ftp or mail-server or some similar
+mechanism. Commercial packages will be included only if a full
+Catalogue entry is supplied to me by the vendor.
+
+In this, its first incarnation, the Catalogue is heavily slanted towards
+the ymir and SHSU archives, in the sense that most of the entries have
+been drawn from the packages at those sites. Although I have included a
+significant amount of material from the Stuttgart archive, I've fallen
+far short of exhausting its wealth of macros, and the excellent Aston
+archive is hardly represented at all. I hope to remedy both of these
+shortcomings in the near future.
+
+In addition to the archives just mentioned, a number of smaller, more
+specialized archives are also represented. For example, e-math.ams.com
+is the home of all the official AMS macro packages, including AMS-TeX,
+AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts package. Similarly, dhdspri6.bitnet is the
+home of all official Springer-Verlag macros.
+
+Since the Catalogue is devoted to macros, fonts and special-purpose
+programs are mentioned only when they are necessary to explain the
+purpose of a set of macros. For a list of fonts, I recommend Liam R. E.
+Quin's list of metafonts [1]. For a list of TeX implementations and
+other programs, see Bobby Bodenheimer's frequently-asked questions list
+[2] and Guoying Chen's supplement [3].
+
+Each entry is divided into a number of fields, with the following
+functions:
+
+Name: The name of the macro package, usually the same as the name of the
+ file containing it.
+
+Description: A short (usually 1-3 line) description of what the package
+ does.
+
+Keywords: A list of keywords to facilitate searching for special-purpose
+ macros, as well as to help describe the macros. A glossary of
+ keywords can be found at the end of the file.
+
+Archives: A list of archives where the package can be found. Whenever
+ known, the primary distribution site is marked with an asterisk.
+ This list is not meant to be comprehensive. Instead, priority is
+ given to the ymir, Aston, SHSU, Stuttgart and Utrecht archives.
+ When the archive is well-known and has a significant collection of
+ macros, I refer to it by an abbreviated name and give complete
+ information about the archive in the "List of TeX Archives" at the
+ end of the Catalogue. In many cases, however, an ftp site serves as
+ the home of only one package, in which case I include the full name
+ of the archive in the "Archives" field and don't include a full
+ listing for it below.
+
+Author: The name and address (preferably electronic) of the author of
+ the package. All email addresses, including JANET addresses, have
+ been normalized to little-endian order.
+
+Bugs to: The address where bug reports should be sent, if this is
+ different from the address(es) listed in the Author field.
+ Currently (version 1.06 of the TeX Macro Index), this is only used
+ for files in the standard LaTeX distribution. These files are being
+ maintained by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, but all bug
+ reports should be sent to latex-help@cs.stanford.edu.
+
+Latest Version: The date and/or version number of the latest release of
+ the package.
+
+Supported: Whether or not the package is supported, that is, whether the
+ author wants to receive bug reports and/or comments on the package.
+ Note that in most cases the author of a "supported" package does not
+ promise to fix bugs or answer questions about the package. The only
+ promise is that the author won't get mad if you send a bug report.
+ In addition, it means that the author would like to hear about any
+ improvements or additions to the macros. In fact, some authors only
+ want to hear about improvements: they will accept bug fixes but will
+ not necessarily answer bug reports.
+
+See also: A list of other packages with similar features.
+
+Note: Any additional information which seems pertinent.
+
+Needless to say, the Catalogue is bound to contain numerous small errors
+and omissions and, most likely, not a few large ones. I've tried to
+indicate some of the larger gaps that I am aware of, and I'll be working
+to close these gaps as time permits. However, I would appreciate
+hearing about any errors or omissions in the information below. I would
+especially appreciate it if authors of macros would send me full entries
+for their packages. I'll continue creating entries on my own, but the
+task will be greatly simplified if I receive ready-made entries, rather
+than having to retrieve the files and process them by myself. I'll
+attempt to answer all mail sent to me, but please keep in mind that it
+might take me some time to do so.
+
+Whenever possible, I asked the authors these packages to verify the
+information listed. I'm grateful to those who responded. In a few
+cases I didn't have time to follow up on the information that authors
+supplied me, but, again, I'll do this as soon as time permits.
+
+I'd like to thank the following people for reading a preliminary version
+of the Catalogue and commenting on it:
+
+Ravinder Bhumbla
+David Carlisle
+Steve Fisk
+Graham O'Neil
+Eric Schenk
+Dave Steiner
+Dominik Wujastyk
+
+They provided me with numerous helpful comments and suggestions.
+Unfortunately, lack of time once again prevented me from implementing
+all of their ideas for this first release of the Catalogue, but I will
+be working on them for future versions of the Catalogue.
+
+My thanks also goes out to George Greenwade and Nelson Beebe for helping
+me get connected to the community of TeX archivers and for answering
+numerous questions.
+
+Finally, I extend my special thanks to Barbara Beeton for her constant
+support and encouragement. Without her always gentle nudges, this
+project would probably have become moribund on a number of occasions.
+
+David.
+
+REFERENCES
+
+[1] Complete list of all metafont-format fonts in the world. Liam R.
+E. Quin <lee@sq.sq.com>. Posted bi-monthly to comp.text.tex and
+comp.fonts.
+
+[2] TeX, LaTeX, etc.: Frequently Asked Questions with Answers [Monthly].
+Bobby Bodenheimer. Posted monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available on
+most of the major TeX archives.
+
+[3] Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions. Guoying Chen. Posted
+monthly to comp.text.tex. Also available by anonymous ftp from
+cs.nyu.edu (128.122.140.24) in the pub/tex/tex.supplement.
+
+===========================================================================
+The Catalogue is divided into a rough hierarchy based on macro package.
+I hope to refine the division in the future, but for now here is the
+list of headings:
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+COMING ATTRACTIONS
+***************************************************************************
+
+%%Section 1: AMS-TEX
+
+%%Section 1.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: amstex.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX is the American Mathematical Society's macros for
+ simplifying the typesetting of complex mathematical material.
+ AMS-TeX is meant to be used with plain TeX. For corresponding
+ support for LaTeX, see AMS-LaTeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, math
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+Note: The AMS-TeX distribution includes a readme file, a user's guide
+ (amsguide.tex) and installation notes (amstinst.tex).
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+
+Name: amsppt.sty (.doc)
+Description: AMS-TeX article preprint document style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1a, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt1.tex
+
+Name: amsppt1.tex
+Description: AMS-TeX conversion file to provide compatibility between
+ amsppt.sty version 1 and amsppt.sty version 2.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amsppt.sty
+
+Name: amssym.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the AMS symbol
+ fonts (msam and msbm). If not used with AMS-TeX, amssym.tex must be
+ used with amssym.def (q.v.).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart
+See also: amssym.def, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amssymbl.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty
+
+
+%%Section 1.2: Other AMS-TeX Files
+
+%%Section 1.2.1: AMS-TeX document styles
+
+Name: amamult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, book,
+ multi-author, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, amamult.doc, an
+ example file, amamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: amstexsiam.sty
+Description: Unofficial AMS-TeX document style for producing papers for
+ SIAM journals.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, SIAM, journal, article
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 31 Jan 1990
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]* (in netlib/typesetting/amstex)
+Note: The amstexsiam package includes a documentation file (siamdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX.
+See also: siam.sty
+
+Name: imappt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX document style used by the Institute of Mathematics
+ and its Applications for typesetting its preprints.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, article, publisher style
+Author: Bradley J. Lucier <lucier@cs.purdue.edu> and Douglas N. Arnold
+ <dna@emmy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: research.att.com [192.20.225.2]*
+Note: The imappt package includes a documentation file (imapptdoc.tex)
+ and a sample file (sample.tex). This package does not work with
+ version 2.0 of AMS-TeX???
+
+Name: jfpppt.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style which extends amsppt.sty to
+ mimic the style of The Journal of Functional Programming (JFP).
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, journal, article, publisher style, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 22 Mar 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: jnsams.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag AMS-TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsa.doc, an example
+ file, jnsa.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: jns.sty, jns.cmm
+
+Name: lncs.sty
+Description: AMS-TeX 2.1 document style for submissions to
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, article, publisher style,
+ camera-ready
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25, 25 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc]
+
+Name: osudeG.sty
+Description: Macros for formatting proceedings volumes of the Ohio
+ State University Math Research Institute series. Unlimited
+ distribution with few provisos. Provides editorial facilities
+ (for proofing), good pagebreaks near headings, quality typography
+ with Adobe Type1 fonts, sophisticated mathsurround. For Plain TeX
+ and AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr> with numerous
+ contributions by Walter.D. Neumann.
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1990
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: Includes user guide and several auxiliary files.
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu* [128.146.7.200], matups.matups.fr*
+ [192.54.146.4]
+
+
+%%Section 1.2.2: Other AMS-TeX files
+
+Name: pptfixes.tex
+Description: Bug fixes for the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Latest Version: v1.23, 22 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: review.sty
+Description: A set of macros for TeXing Mathematical Reviews text files.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xfixed.tex
+Description: Fixed/verbatim format for AMS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, verbatim
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xppt.sty
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX document style amsppt.sty.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: aston
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: xppt.tex
+Description: Extensions to the AMS-TeX 2.1 amsppt style and compatible
+ styles: supports automatic table of contents, cross references,
+ BibTeX bibliographies, and automatic numbering of sections, theorems
+ and captions.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, amsppt
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 28 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 2: AMS-LATEX
+
+Name: AMS-LaTeX
+Description: AMS-LaTeX is a synthesis of the LaTeX macro package and the
+ AMS-TeX macro package which combines the document structure of LaTeX
+ with the sophisticated math typesetting capabilities of AMS-TeX. It
+ is implemented as a set of document styles and style options for
+ LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: The AMS-LaTeX distribution includes a user's guide (amslatex.tex),
+ and two sets of test files (testbook.tex and testart.tex).
+See also: AMS-TeX
+
+Name: amsart.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for papers submitted to AMS
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, article, journal, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 31 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbook.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document style for books submitted to the AMS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, book, NFSS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 2 Aug 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amsbsy.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing bold math
+ symbols, either by using the appropriate bold math font or by
+ simulating them with a "poor man's bold" macro.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, bold symbol, math symbol, pmb, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsbsy.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amscd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adapts the commutative
+ diagram macros of AMS-TeX for use in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amscd.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: amsfonts.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides access to the
+ AMS math fonts (msam, msbm and eufm), but doesn't actually define
+ control sequences for all the individual characters (see
+ amssymb.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, amsfonts, msam, msbm, eufm, blackboard bold,
+ NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 3 Sep 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amsfonts.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amssymb.sty
+
+Name: amssymb.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines names for all the
+ symbols in the AMS math fonts (msam and msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, math symbol, amsfonts, msam, msbm, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amssymb.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+See also: amsfonts.sty
+
+Name: amstex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adapts most of the
+ mathematical macros of AMS-TeX for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, AMS-TeX, math, NFSS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: amstext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the AMS-LaTeX
+ \text command, which makes it easy to incorporate fragments of text
+ inside a displayed equation or a sub or superscript. Font sizes are
+ automatically scaled in sub/superscripts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: amstext.sty can be used independently of amstex.sty
+
+Name: ctagsplt.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option that allows the position of
+ equation numbers for the [AMS-TeX] `split' environment to be changed
+ from top left (or bottom right if the `righttag' option is in use)
+ to vertically centered on the total height of the split equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: intlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX option which changes the placement of `limits' on
+ integrals from `on the right side' to `above and below'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, integral, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nonamelm.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which switches sub and
+ superscripts for `operator names' from `above and below' to the
+ right side in a displayed equation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, operatorname
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: nosumlim.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of limits for sums and other cumulative operators from above and
+ below to on the side.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, summation, sum, limits
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: righttag.sty
+Description: AMS-LaTeX document-style option which changes the placement
+ of equation numbers from the left margin to the right margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, equation number
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, utrecht, aston, stuttgart, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 3: EPLAIN
+
+Name: eplain.tex
+Description: Macros to expand and extend the plain TeX macros by adding
+ support for bibliographies, tables of contents, enumerated lists,
+ verbatim input of files, numbered equations, tables, two-column
+ output, footnotes and commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, bibliography, BibTeX, lists, verbatim, TOC, xrefs,
+ autonumbering, table, multi-column, footnotes, two-column
+Author: Karl Berry et al. <karl@cs.umb.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 25 March 1992
+Archives: umb* [pub/tex/eplain], ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu
+Note: eplain comes with extensive documentation and example files.
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: arrow.tex
+Description: Macros for arrow theoretic diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain
+Author: Steven T. Smith <smith@hrl.harvard.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: umb*
+
+Name: Card.tex
+Description: Macros for creating greeting cards in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, eplain, card, dvips, rotate
+Author: William McKeehan <mckeehan@utkux1.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: mathsun17.math.utk.edu:/pub/tex/card.tex* [128.169.200.117]
+Note: Requires eplain.tex (q.v.), rotate.tex (q.v.) and dvips.
+
+
+%%Section 4: FOILTEX
+
+Name: FoilTeX
+Description: FoilTeX is a LaTeX-like macro package (and misc. other
+ files) for making transparencies (foils, slides, etc.). It is
+ fundamentally similar to SliTeX but has some major structural
+ differences.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a readme file (README.flt), a user's manual
+ (foildoc.tex (q.v.)), and sample file (sampfoil.tex (q.v.)).
+See also: colordvi.tex, blackdvi.tex
+
+%%Section 4.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: fltplain.tex
+Description: Primary file for building the FoilTeX format fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fmt, slides
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: fltfonts.tex
+Description: Font selection for building the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, fonts. OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foils.sty
+Description: Main document style for use with the FoilTeX format
+ fltplain.fmt.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0.1, 25 Aug 92
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil17.sty
+Description: 17 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil20.sty
+Description: 20 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil25.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil25.sty
+Description: 25 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil30.sty
+
+Name: foil30.sty
+Description: 30 point document-style option for use with foils.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foils.sty, foil17.sty, foil20.sty, foil25.sty
+
+Name: foildoc.tex
+Description: Documentation for FoilTeX in LaTeX form.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: foilfont.tex
+Description: Simple file to test font availability for using FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+
+Name: sampfoil.tex
+Description: Large sample file for FoilTeX.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, foil*.sty, colordvi.[tex,sty] (in this section)
+
+%%Section 4.2: Other FoilTeX Files
+
+Name: PSFonts.sty
+Description: Document style option for using PostScript fonts in FoilTeX
+ and LaTeX under the Old Font Selection Scheme with dvips.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, dvips, PostScript, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX
+Note: These are revisions of the files by the same names as included
+ with Rokicki's dvips program. The are completely compatible with
+ Rokicki's versions in LaTeX with the old font selection scheme. Use
+ these version if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX. The files in this part of
+ the package include psfonts.sty, avantgarde.sty, bookman.sty,
+ chancery.sty, helvetica.sty, ncs.sty, palatino.sty, times.sty.
+
+Name: amssymbl.sty
+Description: For using AMS-TeX fonts msam, msbm and eufm in FoilTeX or
+ LaTeX with the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, LaTeX, AMS-TeX, msam, msbm, eufm, OFSS
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+Note: Use this file if you get FoilTeX and only if your LaTeX uses the
+ OFSS. Not compatible with NFSS in LaTeX (also not necessary since
+ LaTeX-NFSS can use other files for the same purpose).
+
+
+%%Section 5: INRSTEX
+
+Name: inrstex.tex
+Description: INRSTeX is a complete document preparation package,
+ including graphics for document preparation. It was designed from
+ the beginning for use in a bilingual (French/English) environment.
+Keywords: plain TeX, inrstex, EPSF, graphics, French
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>, (514) 765-7834
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1991
+Archives: aldebaran.insl.mcgill.ca* [132.206.94.5], shsu
+ /pub/inrstex/pc directory for the pc and
+ /pub/inrstex/unix for the unix version.
+
+
+%%Section 6: LATEX
+
+%%Section 6.1: Standard Distribution
+
+%%Section 6.1.1: Document styles
+
+Name: article.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and R.
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: The original version was written by Leslie Lamport.
+See also: art10.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty, artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty,
+ artikel3.sty
+
+Name: book.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 92
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: bk10.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty, boek.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: brief.sty
+
+Name: report.sty (.doc)
+Description: Standard LaTeX document style for typesetting reports.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: rep10.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty, rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.2: Document-style options
+
+Name: art10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art11.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art12.sty
+
+Name: art12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for standard LaTeX article
+ style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: article.sty, art10.sty, art11.sty
+
+Name: bezier.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX picture environment macro for plotting quadratic
+ Bezier curves.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, Bezier
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 85
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: bk10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk11.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk12.sty
+
+Name: bk12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX book style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: book.sty, bk10.sty, bk11.sty
+
+Name: fleqn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making displayed math
+ environments flush left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, flushleft
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: ifthen.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines an \ifthenelse macro for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: leqno.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause displayed equation
+ labels appear on the left.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: makeidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Defines \see and \printindex commands for producing an
+ index with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: openbib.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces the "open" bibliography style, in which each block
+ of a bibliography entry starts on a new line, and succeeding lines
+ in a block are indented by \bibindent.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: proc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce camera-ready conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: rep10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep11.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep12.sty
+
+Name: rep12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point style option for standard LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+See also: report.sty, rep10.sty, rep11.sty
+
+Name: showidx.sty (.doc)
+Description: Prints \index entries in outer margin. For use with book or
+ report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: titlepag.sty (.doc)
+Description: Causes the \maketitle command and the abstract environment
+ each to produce a separate page. For use with the article document
+ style only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, titlepage
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: twocolum.sty (.doc)
+Description: Produces two-column pages in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.1.3: Other
+
+Name: addendum.tex
+Description: Errata and additions to the LaTeX manual. Includes all
+ errors and omissions reported by 31 October 1991.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manual
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 31 Oct 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: idx.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing .IDX files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, index
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Jan 1985
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lablst.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for printing label definitions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1984
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: latex.tex
+Description: The main body of LaTeX macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: lplain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: tryfonts.tex
+Description: A LaTeX input file for trying out fonts in various sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Bugs to: latex-help@cs.stanford.edu
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 11 Nov 1986
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2: The Mainz LaTeX Files
+
+%%Section 6.2.1: The New Font Selection Scheme
+
+Name: New Font Selection Scheme (NFSS)
+Description: The NFSS is an improved font selection scheme for LaTeX and
+ plain TeX (see plainfsl.tex). It implements a scheme that allows
+ changing the family, series, shape and size of the fonts
+ independently. It also vastly simplifies the task of adding support
+ for a new font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, NFSS, font
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, aston, utrecht, shsu
+Note: The basic macros for the NFSS are found in the files lfonts.new,
+ basefont.tex, fontdef.max, fontdef.ori, preload.med, preload.min and
+ preload.ori. Documentation and installation notes are provided in
+ the files readme.mz, readme.mz3, nfss.bug, nfss.tex, nfssinst.tex
+ and nfssprob.tex. The New Font Selection Scheme and the LaTeX
+ interface were described in a pair of TUGboat articles: "A new font
+ selection scheme for TeX macro packages---the basic macros" by Frank
+ Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf, TUGboat 10(2): 222--238, July 1989,
+ and "Reprint: The new font family selection---User interface to
+ standard LaTeX" by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch{\"{o}}pf, TUGboat
+ 11(2): 297--305, June 1990.
+
+Name: concrete.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style for for accessing the Concrete Roman fonts used
+ in "Concrete Mathematics" by Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren
+ Patashnik.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0h, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: dclfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the DC fonts under
+ the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, EC/DC
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+
+Name: euscript.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the Euler script
+ fonts (eusm and eusb).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, amsfonts
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0g, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: excale.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that implements scaling of the
+ math extension font `cmex' under the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math, cmex
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 20 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: lfonts.new
+Description: The basic macros for the New Font Selection Scheme for
+ LaTeX. This is a replacement for lfonts.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: margid.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. It defines all <math alphabet identifiers> (such
+ as \bf, \rm, etc.) to take one argument. E.g., $\rm text$ would
+ produce a roman "t" and math italics "ext", while $\rm{text}$ would
+ produce an all-roman "text".
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: nomargid.sty
+
+Name: newlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the new font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4b, 20 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: nomargid.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines all <math
+ alphabet identifiers> (such as \bf, \rm, etc.) to switch fonts
+ rather than taking an argument. This provides compability with the
+ old LaTeX syntax, rather than the default syntax of the New Font
+ Selection Scheme (see margid.sty).
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 19 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: margid.sty
+
+Name: oldlfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement the old font
+ selection conventions of the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3f, 7 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: lfonts.new, oldlfont.sty
+
+Name: scripts.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style that implements \ssp and \ssb macros
+ for typesetting simple superscripts and subscripts in text mode.
+ Requires the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, superscript, subscript
+Author: Wayne G. Sullivan <wsulivan@irlearn.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.02, 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston, shsu, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: syntonly.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \syntaxonly
+ macro for suppressing all output and providing quick syntax checking
+ of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, syntax checking
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, e-math, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: tracefnt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a \tracingfonts
+ macro to trace font usage with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de> and Rainer
+ Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0r, 27 Aug 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir, aston, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.2: Other Mainz files
+
+Name: array.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which reimplements the array
+ and tabular environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Note: Version 2.1 includes most of the now defunct newarray.sty.
+
+Name: doc.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for mixing documentation with
+ code in LaTeX style files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.7k, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: docstrip.tex, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: ftnright.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to position footnotes at the
+ bottom of the right-hand column in a multiple-column document. For
+ use with multicol.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, footnotes
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: multicol.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in multiple
+ columns, including the ability to change the number of columns in
+ the middle of a page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4m, 4 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+
+Name: newdoc.sty (.doc)
+Description: Updates or test modifications to the LaTeX document-style
+ option doc.sty. This is currently identical to doc.doc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+See also: doc.sty
+
+Name: thb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Break" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the theorem header to be followed by a line break.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thc.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the header number to appear before the header text, i.e., "3
+ Theorem" instead of "Theorem 3."
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thcb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Change-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. This is a combination of the "break" (thb.sty) and
+ "change" (thc.sty) options (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: theorem.sty (.doc)
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX \newtheorem command to
+ provide greater flexibility in specifying the format of theorem-like
+ environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem, math
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 22 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+Note: Also distributed with AMS-LaTeX.
+See also: thb.sty, thc.sty, thcb.sty, thm.sty, thmb.sty, thp.sty
+
+Name: thm.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ Causes the number to be set in the left margin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thmb.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Margin-break" document-style option for use with
+ theorem.sty. Combination of the "margin" (thm.sty) and "break"
+ (thb.sty) theorem styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1c, 17 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: thp.sty (.doc)
+Description: "Plain" document-style option for use with theorem.sty.
+ This emulates the original LaTeX theorem environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Frank Mittelbach <mittelbach@mzdmza.zdv.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1b, 28 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, utrecht, aston, shsu
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: verbatim.sty
+Description: A reimplementation of the LaTeX verbatim and verbatim*
+ environments. Also defines a robust comment environment for
+ ignoring large sections of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, comment
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <schoepf@sc.zib-berlin.dbp.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4i, 20 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston, ymir, shsu
+
+
+%%Section 6.2.3: Mainz-compatible macros
+
+Name: psnfss
+Description: LaTeX support for using PostScript fonts under the New Font
+ Selection Scheme. The font names used are those widely promulgated
+ by Karl Berry and found in dvips; the package depends upon virtual
+ fonts to map between the default Computer Modern layout and the
+ standard PostScript layout. Optional support is provided for
+ scaling the PostScript fonts so that their x-heights match the
+ x-heights of the corresponding CM fonts. Support is provided for
+ building new formats based on PostScript fonts, but you can also use
+ most of the style files without building a new format file, as long
+ as you are using the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript, dvips, virtual fonts
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 12 April 1992
+Note: Style files are provided for using the following PostScript fonts
+ as the main text font: AvantGarde, Baskerville, Bembo, Bookman,
+ Garamond, Helvetica, lucida, NewCenturySchoolbook, Optima, Palatino,
+ Times-Roman. Style files are also provided for loading the Zapf
+ Chancery and Zapf Dingbat fonts, as well as for using the Lucida
+ math fonts in place of the Computer Modern math fonts. A
+ documentation file, psnfss.tex, is included. There are also
+ numerous supporting files.
+Archives: aston*, stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 6.4: The BABEL project
+
+Name: Babel
+Description: Babel is a multilingual style-option for adapting the
+ standard LaTeX document styles for use with non-English languages.
+ It consists of a collection of common macros and a series of
+ language-specific document-style options. The standard distribution
+ includes the following common files and documentation: babel.doc
+ (the documentation for the whole system), babel.bug (a list of bug
+ reports and fixes) babel.com, babel.readme (which contains
+ installation notes), babel.hyphen, babel.switch, babel22.switch,
+ babel32.switch, hyphen.doc, language.dat, latexhax.com,
+ latexhax.doc.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: A description of the Babel system was published in TUGboat
+ 12(2):291--301, June 1991.
+
+Name: catalan.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Catalan.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Catalan
+Author: Gon\c{c}al Badenes <goncal@cnm.uab.es>, <goncal@ssws1.cnm.es>
+Supported: Yes?
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel
+
+Name: croatian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Croatian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Croatian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option for use in conjunction with
+ russian.sty to provide support for typesetting in Russian. This is
+ meant for use with the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic, cmcyr, NFSS
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and Werenfried Spit
+ <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 May 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: czech.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in the Czech language.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Czech
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: danish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Danish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Danish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 2 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: dutch.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Dutch.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Dutch
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.2b, 16 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: english.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in American or British English.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, English
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0c, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: esperanto.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Esperanto
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: finnish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Finnish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Finnish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: francais.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in French.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, French
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.2d, 20 Sep 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: germanb.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in German and the Austrian dialect of German.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, German, Austrian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2c, 26 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: germanb.sty is based on Hubert Partl's german.sty.
+
+Name: italian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Italian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0e, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+Note: The original version of this file was written by Maurizio Codogno,
+ <urcm@ur785.cselt.stet.it>.
+
+Name: magyar.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Hungarian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Hungarian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: norsk.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Norwegian. Support is also provided for the new
+ spelling variant `nynorsk' of Norwegian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Norwegian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: portuges.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Portuguese, including the Brasilian dialect.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Portuguese
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: romanian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Romanian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Romanian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: russian.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Russian. Meant to be used with cyrillic.sty (q.v.)
+ and the cmcyr fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Russian, Cyrillic
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1b, 22 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: slovene.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Slovenian.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Slovenian
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0a, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: spanish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Spanish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Spanish
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0a, 26 Nov 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/babel, tex-nl, stuttgart,
+ aston, utrecht
+
+Name: swedish.sty (.doc)
+Description: Babel document-style option which provides support for
+ typesetting in Swedish.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, Babel, Swedish
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 15 Jul 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 6.5: REVTeX
+
+Name: revtex.sty
+Description: REVTeX is the official LaTeX macro package for preparing
+ manuscripts for producing manuscripts for the American Physical
+ Society's Physical Review A, B, C and D, as well as Physical Review
+ Letters. (Many AIP journals also accept REVTEX manuscripts.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 27 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+Note: The REVTeX package includes a README file, a users manual
+ (apguide.tex) and three sample files (smplea.tex, smpleb.tex and
+ smplec.tex).
+See also: aps.sty, aps10.sty, aps12.sty, eqsecnum.sty, preprint.sty
+
+Name: aps.sty
+Description: The American Physical Society document style for use with
+ REVTeX to produce papers for Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: aps12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with aps.sty to
+ produce galley output for papers submitted to Physical Review.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, Physical Review, physics, journal, publisher
+ style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa.sty
+Description: REVTeX Document-style option for typeseting papers for
+ Optical Society of America (OSA) journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, OSA, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa10.sty
+Description: The 10 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osa12.sty
+Description: The 12 point document-style option for use with osa.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: osabib.sty
+Description: REVTeX bibliography style to produce bibliographies in the
+ format required by Optical Society of America journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prabib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 14 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prbbib.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: prsty.bst
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 10 Nov 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+Name: version2.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, REVTeX, physics, journal, publisher style
+Author: American Physical Society <mis@aps.org>, <mis@apsedoff.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 17 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart*, labrea*, ymir, utrecht, aston
+
+%%Section 6.6: LaTeX Document Styles
+
+Name: aaai.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing papers for the
+ Proceedings of AAAI-88.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The AAAI package includes a documentation file, aaai-doc.tex. The
+ most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail to
+ macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+
+Name: abstr_collect.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style that allows multiple articles to be
+ collected together in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: abstr_collect.tex
+
+Name: accarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the proceedings of the IEEE
+ American Control Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: acm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 23 Apr 89
+Archives:
+See also: acmconf.sty, acmproc.sty, acm.bst
+
+Name: acmconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing two-column camera-ready
+ papers for ACM conferences, according to ACM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Ken Traub
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 1988
+Archives:
+See also: acm.sty, acmproc.sty
+
+Name: acsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparing manuscripts in
+ accordance with the formatting instructions of the journal Advances
+ in Control Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acs.bst
+
+%% Name: aimemo.sty
+
+Name: artikel1.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel2.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 2. Compatible with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 21 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel3.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: artikel3.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing an article compatible
+ with Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip
+ and zero parindent). Compatible with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.18, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, boek.sty, brief.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty
+
+Name: asaetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaesub.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: automatica.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Automatica, the Journal of the
+ International Federation of Automatic Control (IFAC). To be used
+ with ifac9.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample file, automatica.tex.
+
+Name: boek.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a book compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions. Compatible with book.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 19 Feb 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, brief.sty,
+ rapport1.sty, rapport3.sty
+
+Name: bookform.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 bookform document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bf10.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty, extradefs.tex, milstd.sty
+Note: extradefs.sty is required. Comes with a sample file,
+ bookform.tex.
+
+Name: brief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Dutch letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 24 Mar 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Includes sample file (brief.tex) and documentation (briefdoc.tex),
+ both in Dutch.
+See also: artikel1.sty, artikel2.sty, artikel3.sty, rapport1.sty,
+ rapport3.sty, bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac,
+ letter.tex, lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: cea.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for Computers and Electronics in
+ Agriculture Submissions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub. This
+ requires doublespace.sty and endfloat.sty from ftp.shsu.edu.
+See also: cea.bst, doublespace.sty, endfloat.sty
+
+Name: deproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for formatting DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, camera-ready, two-column
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in deprocldc.tex
+
+Name: elsevier.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing camera-ready articles
+ according to instructions of the ELSEVIER SCIENCE PUBLISHERS B.V.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, EUROSIM proceedings, camera ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0-, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: fac.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for submissions to the Springer-Verlag
+ journal Formal Aspects of Computing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, publisher style
+Author: Christiane Notarmarco and Rod Mulvey
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Includes documentation, facguide.sty.
+
+Name: farticle.sty
+Description: French version of article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, french, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 May 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Obsolete. Use Babel system or most recent version of latex.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: ifacarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting papers for the
+ Proceedings of the International Federation of Automatic Control
+ (IFAC) published by Pergamon press.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 2 Dec 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: The IFAC package includes two sample files, ifacsample.tex and
+ sample.bib.
+See also: ifac.bst, ifac9.sty, ifac10.sty, ifac12.sty
+
+Name: ijcarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles according to
+ the formatting instructions of the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Jun 91
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijc10.sty, ijc.bst
+
+Name: iso.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting ISO standards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicholas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes documentation file iso-doc.sty.
+See also: iso9.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: jns.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jul 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jnsl.doc, and an
+ example file, jnsl.dem.
+See also: jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: laa.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal, physics,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, laa.doc, and an
+ example file, laa.dem, and a readme file. The package also includes
+ a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus list for Astronomy and
+ Astrophysics. There is also a variant, laamt.sty, of the macros for
+ typesetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: laletter.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format letters according to the rules established in
+ the LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include support for
+ form letters, choice of Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice
+ of Roman or typewriter typefaces, support for multiple addresses on
+ a single letter, and support for a salutation, a subject line, a
+ reference line, a complimentary close, a signature line, an
+ enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a distribution
+ list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, PostScript, formletter
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Sep 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (laletter.README), a users' manual
+ (laletter.ref), and a sample file (lettest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: memo.sty
+
+Name: llncs.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag, LNCS,
+ multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, llncs.doc, an
+ example file, llncs.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: lmamult.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document style for
+ typesetting multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Dec 89
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lmamult.doc, and an
+ example file, lmamult.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: ltugboat.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for preparation of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: requires article.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: ltugproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat,
+ the Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings, two-column
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.04, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: ltugboat.sty, article.sty, tugboat.cmn required.
+
+Name: manual.sty
+Description: A LaTeX document style based on book.sty, which supports
+ page numbering by chapter, LaTeXing only selected pages, and always
+ produces right-handed odd-numbered pages (chapters start on
+ right-hand pages).
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: memo.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style used at the Los Alamos National
+ Laboratory to format memos according to the rules established in the
+ LANL "Office Procedures Manual." Features include choice of
+ Computer Modern or PostScript fonts, choice of Roman or typewriter
+ typefaces, support for "THRU" or "THRULESS" headers, and support for
+ a subject line, a reference line, a signature line, an approval
+ line, an enclosures list, an attachments list, a copy list, or a
+ distribution list.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo, PostScript
+Author: Steve Sydoriak <sxs@lanl.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package includes a README file (memo.README), a user's manual
+ (memo.ref), and a sample file (memotest.tex). These macros were
+ described in "LaTeX Memos and Letters," TUGboat 10(4):715--726,
+ December 1989 (1989 Conference Proceedings).
+See also: laletter.sty
+
+Name: memo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: MEParticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for proceedings of Mechanical
+ Engineering Publications Limited.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+
+Name: milstd.sty
+Description: MIL-STD-490 document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: bookform.sty, extradefs.tex
+Note: extradefs.tex required
+
+Name: mit-press-book.sty
+Description: LaTeX MIT Press book document style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, MIT Press, publisher style
+Author: <eb@oz> (Ed Barton <eb@oz.ai.mit.edu>???)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mtnsarticle.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for papers in the proceedings of
+ Mathematical Theory of Network and Systems.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+Note: mtnssample.bib, mtnssample.tex
+
+Name: nar.sty
+Description: Modified article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Tom Schneider
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 13 Aug 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: paper.sty
+Description: Double-spaced LaTeX document style suitable for producing
+ college papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Requires doublespace.sty and smaller.sty.
+
+Name: rapport1.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 1. Compatible with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.14, 19 March 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: rapport3.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing a report compatible with
+ Dutch typesetting conventions, design 3 (has non-zero parskip and
+ zero parindent). Compatible with report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 7 Jan 1992
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort. Requires ntg10.sty,
+ ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty (q.v.).
+See also: voorwerk.sty
+
+Name: res.sty
+Description: Resume document style for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Michael DeCorte <mrd@sun.soe.clarkson.edu, mrd@clutx.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: siam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing articles for SIAM
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Nov 1991
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+See also: amstexsiam.sty, siam10.sty, siam11.sty, siam12.sty, siam.bst,
+ fixup.sty, numinsec.sty
+
+Name: spie.sty
+Description: Enhanced version of Rick Zaccone's document style for
+ producing camera-ready copy for SPIE proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, SPIE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jan 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: svlncs.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for conference proceedings printed in
+ Springer-Verlag's Lecture Notes in Computer Science.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Springer-Verlag, LNCS, publisher style
+Author: Marc Shapiro <shapiro@sor.inria.fr>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 23 Mar 1989
+Note: Obsolete: See llncs.sty.
+
+Name: USCthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style for typesetting Theses or
+ Dissertations in accordance with the University of Southern
+ California Regulations for Format and Presentation of Theses and
+ Dissertations. It provides some alternative ``bells and whistles''
+ such as support for multi-volume documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Stephen Page's `doublespace' style option (or equivalent)
+ in addition to the standard LaTeX `report' style.
+See also: techreport.sty
+
+Name: ucthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of California theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a readme file, ucthesis.doc.
+
+Name: unixman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for producing UNIX manual pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, November 9th 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manpage.sty
+
+Name: utdiss.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document style for typeseting
+ dissertation for the University of Texas at Austin.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, thesis, dissertation
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, Mar 1992
+Archives: ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Comes with a documentation file (utdiss.doc) and a sample file
+ (sampdiss.tex).
+
+Name: uw-thesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for University of Washington theses.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.5, 30 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xarticle.sty
+Description: Modified version of article.sty for use with art7.sty,
+ art8.sty, and art9.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Mar 88
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+
+%%Section 6.7: LaTeX Document-style Options
+
+Name: 9pt.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for LaTeX article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Patrick van der Smagt
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 10pt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers at 10pt.
+ Its use is optional. But since 11pt works as a style option, it is
+ is useful that 10pt works too.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: a4.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the page layout used
+ by the standard LaTeX document styles to conform to the European A4
+ standard.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl> and N.A.F.M.
+ Poppelier <N.Poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2a, 30 Nov 90
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Documented with doc.sty.
+See also: a5.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a4wide.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase line width of
+ standard LaTeX document styles. (Obsolete: use a4.sty (q.v.)
+ instead.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, A4, page layout
+Author: Jean-Francois Lamy <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: a5.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left,
+ middle and right and top:side:bottom space = 2:3:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5comb.sty
+
+Name: a5comb.sty
+Description: Sets page layout to A5 size, with equal spaces to left and
+ right, and twice the amount of centre space (for comb-bound
+ documents) and top:side:bottom space = 2:2:4.
+Keywords: LaTeX, A5, page layout
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+See also: a4.sty, a5.sty
+
+Name: acmproc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce ACM conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, ACM
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: acm.sty, acmconf.sty
+
+Name: acronym.sty
+Description: Defines macros for defining and using acronyms, including
+ use of footnote and parenthesised initial usage.
+Keywords: LaTeX, acronym, footnotes
+Author: John Kewley <jk@fiveg.icl.co.uk>, <jk@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: add-wes.sty
+Description: A "book" style conforming (just!) to the Addison-Wesley
+ house style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, book, camera-ready
+Author: Paul Barton-Davis <pauld@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: algorithm.sty
+Description: Defines a theorem-like environment for typesetting
+ algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm, theorm
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: ???
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: answers.sty
+Description: Defines \newrtheorem, and commands \Solution and \Hint
+ which cause all text up to first line starting \end{Exercise} to be
+ output to \jobname.sol.
+Keywords: LaTeX, solutions
+Author: M. J. Piff <MPiff@pa.shef.ac.uk>, <MPiff@ibm.shef.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: agugrl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Geophysical
+ Research Letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agugrl-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: agujgr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option to be used with article.sty to
+ typeset papers for the American Geophysical Union Journal of
+ Geophysical Research.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Jul 87
+Note: Comes with a sample file, agujgr-sample.tex.
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: aip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ American Institute of Physics journals. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: alleqno.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make all displayed equations
+ numbered by default.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, autonumbering
+Author: Jonathan Thornburg <thornburg@mtsg.ubc.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: alltt.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style which defines the `alltt' environment,
+ which is like the `verbatim' environment except that `\', `\{', and
+ `\}' have their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: astyped.sty
+
+Name: alltt2.sty
+Description: Modification of the alltt style to indent alltt
+ environments by \allttindent parameter
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Based on the original alltt.sty (q.v.) by Leslie Lamport.
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: amssymbols.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the AMS symbol fonts
+ (msam and msbm) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used in conjunction with
+ apalike.bst to produce an APA-like bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Susan King and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 87
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: apalike.bst, apalike.tex
+
+Name: apeqnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering equations A1, A2,
+ A3, etc., within appendices. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, math, autonumbering
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: apl.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting APL symbols
+ with standard LaTeX fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, APL
+Author: Andreas Geyer-Schulz <andreas@awiwuw11.bitnet> and Josef Matulka
+ <matulka@awiwuw11.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.3, 11 Mar 1991
+Archives: watserv1.waterloo.edu* [129.97.129.140], ymir,
+ ftp.wu-wien.ac.at [137.208.3.5]
+Note: These macros, as well as a preprocessor to convert from APL to
+ LaTeX, are described in "A LaTeX Document Style Option for
+ Typesetting APL," TUGboat 11(4):644-651, November 1990.
+
+Name: apsabstract.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for abstracts submitted to
+ American Physical Society conferences. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: requires an additional file giving APS meeting name, location, etc.
+
+Name: art7.sty
+Description: 7 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Dec 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art8.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art8.sty
+Description: 8 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art9.sty
+
+Name: art9.sty
+Description: 9 point document style option for use with xarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Sep 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: art7.sty, art8.sty
+
+Name: asaesub.sty
+Description: style option for asaetr.sty (q.v.) to meet submission
+ requirements.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaetr.bst, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: askinclude.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that prompts the user for a
+ list of files to be \include'd.
+Keywords: LaTeX, include
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 13 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: astyped.sty
+Description: Defines the `astyped' environment, which is like the
+ `verbatim' environment except most of the special characters have
+ their usual meanings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.3, 30 Jun 1988
+Archives: shsu
+See also: alltt.sty
+
+Name: balanced.sty
+Description: Defines a two-column environment that can be used anywhere
+ in a one-column document. The twocolumns environment may extend for
+ an unlimited number of pages, and start and finish mid-page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: bbold.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Alan Jeffrey's bbold
+ (blackboard bold) fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, mathfonts, blackboard bold, NFSS
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 10 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, ymir, shsu
+Note: Alan Jeffrey's bbold fonts are different from the blackbord bold
+ provided by AMSTeX or AMSLaTeX. They contain a complete blackbord
+ bold alphabet with lowers, greek, and digitals in a sans serif-type
+ style.
+
+Name: bf10.sty
+Description: 10 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default point size.
+See also: bookform.sty, bf11.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf11.sty
+Description: 11 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf12.sty
+
+Name: bf12.sty
+Description: 12 point LaTeX document-style option for bookform.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bookform
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, bf10.sty, bf11.sty
+
+Name: biblist.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for typesetting large bibliography
+ listings. Outputs also annotations and ISBN fields.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 13 Jan 1992
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: bibperinclude.sty
+Description: Allows multiple \bibliography tags in one document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1991
+Note: This style option is obsolete -- use chapterbib.sty instead. It
+ should be deleted on all archives.
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: bibunits.sty
+Description: BIBUNITS is a style to generate separate bibliographies for
+ different units (parts) of the text (currently only one of chapters,
+ sections or bibunit-environments).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Jose Alberto Fernandez <alberto@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Sep 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: bigtabular.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment for typesetting large tables that can be
+ split across multiple pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables, tabular, array, multi-page
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: longtable.sty, supertab.sty
+
+Name: biihead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for defining an underlined
+ heading style for the LaTeX report style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, report
+Author: Ted Shapin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fancyheadings.sty, headerfooter.sty
+
+Name: birk.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ produce Birkhaeuser conference proceedings papers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, Birkhaeuser, camera-ready
+Author: Bengt Martensson <bengt@mathematik.uni-Bremen.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 June 1989
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Requires remark.sty (q.v.). Package includes a sample file,
+ birksample.tex, which requires the sample bibliography
+ birksample.bib.
+
+Name: birkhaus.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with article.sty to
+ format papers for Birk\"auser Verlag conference/workshop
+ proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, conference, proceedings, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Comes with a sample article (birkhaus.tex) and bibliography
+ (birkhaus.bib).
+
+Name: blackdvi.sty
+Description: See entry for blackdvi.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting BNF
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: boxedminipage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the boxedminipage
+ environment -- just like minipage, but with a box around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, minipage, framebox
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>, mods by Jerry Leichter
+ <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: boxit.sty
+Description: Defines an environment that draws lines arounds its
+ contents (which can include verbatim text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1992
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], shsu
+See also: boxedminipage.sty
+
+%% Name: brandeis-letter.sty
+
+Name: breakcites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow citations to be broken
+ across lines.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: bruggink.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide for independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, floats
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Virtually identical to zaccone.sty (q.v.). Comes with a sample
+ file, bruggink.tex.
+
+Name: bsf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to bold
+ sans serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Dec 91
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bsl.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: bsl.sty
+Description: Provide access to the boldface slanted type style for LaTeX
+ under the Old Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 5 Apr 1990
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: bsf.sty, isf.sty
+
+Name: calendar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting a calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: J"urgen Stuber and W. J. Metzger <u632111@hnykun11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.tex, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: captcont.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to permit the use of captions
+ in continuations of floats -- defines a \captcont macro that is like
+ \caption except it doesn't update the counter or add an entry to the
+ list of figures or tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, caption
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: card.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing text formatted for
+ cardfile cards.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, card
+Author: R. Potu\v{c}ek jr. <potucek@winx06.informatik.uni-wuerzburg.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.04, 6 Mar 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+
+Name: catmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by diagram.tex (q.v.)
+
+Name: cd.sty
+Description: Commutative diagram macros modified from AmSTeX for use as
+ LaTeX style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Darrel Hankerson <hank@auducvax.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 3 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir
+Note: OBSOLETE: Use amscd.sty, xypic.sty, diagram.tex or diagrams.tex
+ instead.
+
+Name: changebars.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing changebars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebars, dvi2ln3, dvitops, dvips, dvidrv
+Author: Michael Fine and Neil Winton <nwinton@axion.bt.co.uk> and
+ Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, 16 Nov 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, aston, ymir
+Note: Documented with doc.sty. Comes with a bug list, changbar.bug.
+
+Name: chappg.sty
+Description: Define \thepage to output chapter-page (such as 1-3, 5-2,
+ etc.) and have each chapter's page number begin on 1.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle, pagenumbering
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: chapterbib.sty
+Description: Document-style option for allowing multiple bibliographies
+ in a LaTeX document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, BibTeX
+Author: Niel Kempson <rmcs-tex@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: chemtex.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting chemistry
+ equations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, chemistry
+Author: Roswitha Haas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Documentation in chemdoc.tex.
+
+Name: chess.sty
+Description: (La)TeX document-style option for writing about chess
+ games.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, chess
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, tue
+Note: These macros are described in "A Font and a Style for Typesetting
+ Chess using LaTeX or TeX," TUGboat 13(1):85--89, April 1992.
+
+Name: chicago.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the Chicago BibTeX
+ styles chicago.bst and chicagoa.bst.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 31 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicago.bst, chicagoa.bst
+
+Name: chomsky.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style-option for typesetting parse trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parse trees, tree
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 May 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range. E.g.,
+ [4,5,6,7,9,8,Einstein,6] becomes [4-7,9,8,Einstein,6].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.0, Oct 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: citesort.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for sorting and compressing
+ lists of three or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+ E.g., [4,5,6,7,9,8,6] becomes [4-9].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Ian Green <img@eng.cam.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: cite.sty
+
+Name: code.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing verbatim displays
+ of program code using verbatim.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: George Ferguson <ferguson@cs.rochester.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Includes a sample file, foo.tex.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: colordvi.sty
+Description: See entry for colordvi.tex.
+
+Name: colors.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which adds greyscale and color
+ support for PostScript devices.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, color
+Author: Fred Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 92
+Archives: shsu
+Note: The style file is distributed with a file rgb.txt, which defines
+ the RGB values for various colors.
+
+Name: cprog.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which allows C programs to be
+ typeset directly by TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, verbatim
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 12 Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: cropmark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which prints crop marks (corner
+ rules) at the four corners of the page.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, output
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1, 11 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: This is considered obsolete by the author, who suggests
+ pageframe.sty or quire.tex instead.
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+
+Name: crossword.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing crossword puzzles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, crosswords
+Author: B Hamilton Kelly <rm001a@cdvc.cranfield.ac.uk> (Marked "To the
+ attention of B Hamilton Kelly.")
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: documentation in crosswords.readme and examples in
+ crosswords_0.tex and crosswords_1.tex.
+
+Name: currency.sty
+Description: Useful hacks to include currency symbols other than the
+ standard \$ and \pounds of LaTeX (currently includes only Japanese
+ Yen and British Pounds Sterling).
+Keywords: LaTeX, currency
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: custombib.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make it easier to customize
+ the section head that is inserted before the bibliography.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, sectioning
+Author: Pablo A. Straub <straub@ing.puc.cl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: cyrillic.sty
+Description: Document-style option which makes the Washington Cyrillic
+ fonts (wncyr10 etc) available to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cyrillic, AMS
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+See also: cyracc.def
+Note: requires cyracc.def. Transliteration scheme is described by
+ Barbara Beeton in cyrmemo.tex (which also needs cyrmemo.def).
+
+Name: dates.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for the
+ production of dates. Can be easily tailored to output dates in a
+ variety of formats, including the day of the week, and is intended
+ to be simple to use in conjunction with non-English languages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.01--0
+Archives: aston*
+See also: dow.tex, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: dcolumn.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option for producing tabular entries aligned on
+ a decimal point.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: decalign.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: decalign.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for aligning columns in a table
+ on decimal point (or other character).
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Stephen Meatheringham
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: dcolumn.sty, dectab.sty
+
+Name: dectab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for decimail alignment of
+ numbers in a table.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, array, decimal
+Author: Charles Franklin <c38871cf@wuvmd.wustl.edu>,
+ <C38871CF@WUVMD.Bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See Also: decalign.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: delarray.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option extending array.sty.
+ Defines implicit \left and \right delimiters. For example:
+ \begin{array}({cc}) ... \end{array}
+ is equivalent to:
+ \left(\begin{array}{cc} ... \end{array}\right)
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+ This feature was previously provided by the now defunct newarray.sty
+See also: tabularx.sty, dcolumn.sty
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Mar 1992
+Archives: triples.math.mcgill.ca* [132.206.150.30], shsu
+Note: Includes documentation file, diagdoc.tex.
+See also: xypic.tex
+
+Name: diagramf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including diagrams created
+ in Metafont.
+Keywords: LaTeX, metafont
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: by Jeremy Gibbons <jeremy@cs.aukuni.ac.nz>
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Package comes with documentation (diagramf.tex) and requires
+ diagramf.mf to work.
+
+Name: doublespace.sty
+Description: LaTeX doucment-style option for producing a double-spaced
+ document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, doublespace
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk> and Jean-Francois Lamy
+ <lamy@sobeco.com>, <lamy@sobeco.ca> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 28 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: dpccyr.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to make the AMS/University of Washington
+ Cyrillic fonts available under the NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, cyrillic, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.00, 09 December 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: draft.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements an enhanced
+ draft mode, which marks \label, \cite, \ref, \index and \glossary
+ commands where they occur in the text.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft, xrefs
+Author: Joe Baker <jeb@risc.com>, <jbaker@ee.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart (under draft1.sty)
+See also: drafthead.sty
+
+Name: drafthead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which puts "DRAFT" with date
+ and time at top of each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Stephen Page <sdpage@andersen.co.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 23 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: draft.sty
+
+Name: drftcite.sty
+Description: Modifies \cite to print the bibliography tags instead of
+ numbers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, overcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: drop.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for dropping and enlarging the first letter(s)
+ of a paragraph.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dropcaps
+Author: David G. Cantor <dgc@math.ucla.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ebnf.sty
+Description: Simple LaTeX macros for typesetting EBNF grammars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Damian Cugley <damian.cugley@prg.oxford.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: eclbip.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing bipartite graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbipsample.tex
+
+Name: ecltree.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing tree graphs with epic.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Hideki Isozaki
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: epic.sty, eepic.sty
+Note: Sample file eclbiptree.tex
+
+Name: eepic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the epic.sty macros through the use of tpic
+ \special's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture, tpic, dvips
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 7 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepicemu.sty, epic.sty
+Note: Comes with documentation, eepic.tex.
+
+Name: eepicemu.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros to emulate the eepic macros using only the
+ epic macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics, picture
+Author: Conrad Kwok <kwok@iris.ucdavis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 1 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty, epic.sty
+
+Name: endfloat.sty
+Description: LaTeX style to put figures and tables at end of article.
+Keywords: LaTeX, style-option, float, figure, table
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Latest Version: v2.0, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: comment.sty, endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for producing endnotes instead of footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+See also: endnotes.sty
+
+Name: endnotes.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements a series of
+ endnote macros, parallel to the normal footnote macros except that
+ the text goes to the end of the document rather than the bottom of
+ the page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, endnotes
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>, <lav@brandeis.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Sept 1991
+Archives: shsu, ymir
+See also: endnote.sty
+
+Name: enumerate.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving the enumerate environment an
+ optional argument controlling the printing of the counter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: enumspec.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow for a leading
+ character on labels in the enumerate environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, enumerate
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Jan 1988
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: env.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting envelopes with
+ bar codes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope, barcode
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: zip.tex
+Note: These macros were described in detail in "TeX and Envelopes,"
+ TUGboat 12(2):279--284, June 1991.
+
+Name: envelope.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print addresses onto a
+ business envelope fed through the manual paper feed on an Apple
+ LaserWriter II NT.
+Keywords: LaTeX, envelope
+Author: Heather Sherman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes sample file env-sample.tex.
+
+Name: epac.sty
+Description: Official LaTeX document-style option for the European
+ Particle Accelerator Conference.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Christine Petit-Jean-Genaz <christin@cernvm.cern.ch>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epic.sty
+Description: Enhancements to the LaTeX picture environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, graphics
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 1 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: eepic.sty
+Note: Package includes documentation (picman.tex).
+
+Name: epsf.sty
+Description: Same file as epsf.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: eqnarray.sty
+Description: Redefines the LaTeX eqnarray environment to (a) reduce the
+ amount of space around the second column and (b) allow \@eqnsel to
+ work as documented in latex.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, eqnarray, math
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 May 1992
+Archives: theory.lcs.mit.edu*
+
+Name: equationarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which combines the capabilities
+ of the eqnarray and array environments. In particular, it allows
+ equation arrays with more than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Tony Li <tli@cisco.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, hackarray.sty
+
+Name: equations.sty
+Description: A collection of macros to aid in constructing displayed
+ equations in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jul 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*, shsu
+See also: AMS-LaTeX
+Note: Includes subeqn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: eslides.sty
+Description: Macros for converting a paper written with article.sty into
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Georg Denk <denk@mathematik.tu-muenchen.de>,
+ <Georg.Denk@Mathematik.TU-Muenchen.dbp.de (X.400)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart
+Note: TUGboat, vol. 11, No. 2 (1990), pp. 280-283. The package includes
+ a documentation file eslides.tex and sample file
+ eslides-example.tex.
+See also: lslide.sty, seminar.sty
+
+Name: espo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting in Esperanto.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: esperant.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Esperanto.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, language, Esperanto
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1.a, 10 Dec 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+Note: This file is different from esperanto.sty (q.v.) by J. Braams.
+ esperant.sty does not support the babel system.
+
+%% Name: etcetera.tex
+
+Name: exam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting examinations.
+ Includes support for multiple choice, true-false, fill-in-the-blank
+ and essay questions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, examination
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Jul 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: example.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to print TeX examples both verbatim and
+ typeset.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TeX examples, TeX tutorials
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 May 1991
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option implements a LaTeX style option for
+ typesetting exercises. The exercise environment is modelled along
+ the lines of the exercise macros in The TeXbook, i.e., the answer
+ can be given right after the exercise. Answers are collected in a
+ file that can be included afterwards. The appearance of exercises
+ and answers may be customized. Rainer Sch\"opf's verbatim style is
+ a prerequisite for this style option.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0d, 2 Jul 1992
+Archives: euler.math.uni-frankfurt.de* [141.2.90.2], stuttgart
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (exercise.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (extest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: exercise.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to adapt the \exercise and
+ \answer macros from page 422 of the TeXbook for use with LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, exercise
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu, stuttgart (as exercise.mac)
+
+Name: extradefs.tex
+Description: A collection of macros which are required by the bookform,
+ memo and milstd document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: bookform.sty, memo.sty, milstd.sty
+
+Name: fancybox.sty
+Description: Tips and tricks for LR-boxes, plus shadow, oval, and double
+ boxes. Also contains macros that allow material to be typeset
+ verbatim inside of boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box, LR-box, framebox, shadowbox, ovalbox, rotate,
+ verbatim, framebox
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.91, 25 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an excellent documentation and tutorial file,
+ fancybox.doc, which may be appended to the end of fancybox.sty on
+ some archives.
+
+Name: fancyheadings.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which allows easy customization
+ of page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, Mar 1989
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, headerfooter.sty
+Note: Contains documentation in fancyheadings.doc.
+
+Name: finder.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to automatically search an
+ address file for a specified letter recipient.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, addresses
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: Package includes a documentation file (finder.txt, in German), a
+ sample file (finder.tex) and a sample address file (adressen.tex).
+ Support and any help is available, just send an email (address see above).
+ More german information in an article in c't 3/92.
+
+Name: fixup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that modifies various LaTeX
+ macros.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: John Hobby <hobby@research.att.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Jan 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: floatnohead.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause pages containing only
+ floats to be typeset without page headers or footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, floats
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: float.sty (.doc)
+Description: This style option improves the interface for defining
+ floating objects such as figures and tables in LaTeX. It adds the
+ notion of a `float style' that governs appearance of floats. New
+ kinds of floats may be defined using a \newfloat command analogous
+ to \newtheorem.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float
+Author: Anselm Lingnau <lingnau@math.uni-frankfurt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 25 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.). Package
+ includes a driver file for the documentation (float.tex), a driver
+ file for the docstrip (q.v.) program, an example file (fltest.tex)
+ and a README file.
+
+Name: flowchart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which might be useful for
+ drawing flow charts.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: David Chase <dchase@eng.sun.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to typeset footnotes in run-on
+ paragraphs.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes, output
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@vax.acs.open.ac.uk> and Dominik Wujastyk
+ <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: fnpara.tex
+
+Name: font-nostalgia.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- provides commands
+ with the pre-NFSS meanings of \rm, \bf, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: footnpag.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to enumerate footnotes anew on each
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote numbering
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2.1 (07 Nov 1991)
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart
+
+Name: format.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing floating point
+ numbers in a fixed format.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 May 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: frontiers.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the proceedings of the
+ Frontiers'88 symposium. For use with article.sty and proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ftn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to make footnotes available in
+ any environment, except inside floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+
+Name: fullpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the textheight and
+ textwidth.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2, 15 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: geophysics.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the journal Geophysics, a
+ publication of the Society of Exploration Geophysicists. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 87
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: article.sty
+Note: requires article.sty
+
+Name: german.sty (.tex)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option and plain TeX input file for
+ writing german texts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german
+Author: Hubert Partl and Bernd Raichle et al.
+ <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.4a, 12 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, listserv@dhdurz1
+Note: The macro file can be used with LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+Name: go.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to create diagrams for Go board
+ positions (Go is a board game from the Orient). Requires special Go
+ font.
+Keywords: LaTeX, game of Go, fonts
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odzieska, MacroSoft Ltd., ul. Chro\'scickiego 49,
+ 02-414 Warsaw, Poland. (no E-mail)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1991
+Archives: tue, milton.u.washington.edu:public/go/latex.tar.Z
+Note: The package contains the macros, documentation, and mf (MetaFont)
+ sources for the Go fonts. The TUE site also contains pre-generated
+ fonts in go.gf.tar.Z, go.pk.tar.Z, go.tfm.tar.Z. See go.README for
+ more information.
+
+Name: greekctr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a numbering macro
+ \greek, analogous to \alpha, for printing the values of counters out
+ as greek letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1990
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: hackalloc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the allocation
+ primitive so that all allocations (\newdimen, \newcount, etc.)
+ become block local.
+Keywords: LaTeX, allocation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hackarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the hackarray
+ environment, which is a mixture of the equation and array
+ environments. In particular, it allows equation arrays with more
+ than 3 columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, array, eqnarray
+Author: Brian Wylie <bjnw@castle.ed.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: AMS-LaTeX, equationarray.sty
+
+Name: hangcaption.sty
+Description: Defines a variant of the caption command to produce
+ captions with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, caption
+Author: David M. Jones <dmjones@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.00, 27 August 1992
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: The original author of this file is unknown. David Jones fixed a
+ typo in the file and Rainer Schoepf made some enhancements to the
+ code.
+
+Name: harvard.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides support for the
+ Harvard family of bibliography styles.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst
+
+Name: headerfooter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to simplify the definition of
+ three-part page headers and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+See also: biihead.sty, fancyheadings.sty
+
+Name: here.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option giving floats a [H] option, meaning `do
+ not float'.
+Keywords: LaTeX, figure, table, floats
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: hex.sty
+Description: Defines a numbering macro \hex for representing counters in
+ hexadecimal notation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter
+Author: Eric Domenjoud <domen@euler.crin.fr>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Oct 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: hhline.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining an alternative to \hline
+ for producing horizontal lines in tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, hline
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 2.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: icassp.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for the ICASSP'89 conference. For use with article.sty and
+ proc.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: John Vlontzos
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Based on frontiers.sty.
+See also: article.sty, proc.sty
+
+Name: ieee9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1989
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ieee12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ieeetran.sty (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 9 Feb 1988
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty
+
+Name: ieeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEE conference proceedings
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEE, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 20 Aug 1991
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeeconf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing camera-ready copy
+ for IEEE conference proceedings; can also be used for the
+ International Conference on Pattern Recognition (or the 11th one,
+ anyway). Based on the template written by Matthew Ward of Worcester
+ Polytechnic Institute which is distributed by the IEEE.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, IEEE, ICPR, camera-ready
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.00--0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: aston*
+
+Name: ieeetr.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements the guidelines
+ for submissions to Information for IEEE Transactions and Journal
+ Authors as of September 1989. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, IEEE
+Author: Terry Bohning <bohning@acc.fau.edu>, <71036.1066@compuserve.com>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Apr 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: article.sty, ieeetr.bst
+
+Name: ieeetran.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for preparing articles for IEEE
+ journals.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieee.bst, ieee9.sty, ieee10.sty, ieee11.sty, ieee12.sty
+
+Name: ifac10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ifac9.sty
+Description: 9 point document-style option for with ifacarticle.sty
+ (q.v.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 8 Aug 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for with ijcarticle.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijcai89.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style the proceedings of IJCAI'89. For use
+ with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Should be used in conjunction with the "named" bibliography style.
+ The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending mail
+ to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: indentfirst.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option to indent the first paragraph of a section.
+Keywords: LaTeX, indentation, section
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: inputfile.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for keeping track of the
+ current \input file.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: R. Tucci, Ciba-Geigy AG Basle
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: insertplot.sty
+Description: Macro for use with the ArborText DVIPS PostScript driver to
+ insert PostScript files or graphics output from the DI-3000/PICSURE
+ PostScript driver.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ArborText dvips
+Author: C. E. Higgs <higgs@cageir5a.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 15 Jul 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: insertplot.readme
+
+Name: isf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing access to italic
+ san serif fonts in LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, font
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 August 1989
+Archives: shsu
+See also: bsf.sty, bsl.sty
+
+Name: iso9.sty
+Description: Nine point LaTeX document-style option for use with
+ iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso10.sty
+
+Name: iso10.sty
+Description: Ten point LaTeX document-style option for use with iso.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, ISO, standards documents
+Author: Nicolas North <ndn@seg.npl.co.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.6, 2 May 1991
+Archives: aston, ymir
+See also: iso.sty, iso9.sty
+
+Name: ist21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a title
+ appropriate for BSI IST/21 documents and general memos.
+Keywords: LaTeX, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: italic.sty
+Description: See entry for italic.tex.
+
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Journal of Business
+ Strategies. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal, article, publisher style
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Jul 1988
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: jeep.sty
+Description: A collection of customizations and modifications to the
+ article and report styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: G. W. Stewart <stewart@cs.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Feb 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Modifications are described in jeep.tex.
+
+Name: jmb.sty
+Description: Identical to apalike.sty.
+See also: apalike.sty
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines the \label
+ command so that it prints label names in the margin (except when
+ used in a \caption, when the name appears in the text).
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs, labels
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 July 1992
+Archives: shsu, aston
+
+Name: labels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing mailing labels in
+ various configurations. Can also be used with the letter style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 May 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: lablst.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for printing label definitions
+ at the end of a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, xrefs
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Jun 1990
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+Note: Based on Leslie Lamport's lablst.tex.
+See also: lablst.tex
+
+Name: landscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to change the textwidth and
+ textheight to landscape values.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page layout, landscape
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: listoftheorem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for generating a list of
+ theorems similar to the list of figures or list of tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, TOC
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, utrecht
+
+Name: loggates.sty
+Description: (La)TeX macros for typesetting digital circuit diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, logical gates, symbols
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 8 Apr 1992
+Note: Requires the font loggates.mf.
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: longtable.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining a multi-page version of
+ tabular.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, page
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 3.04, 12 Oct 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See Also: supertab.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: losymbol.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating list of symbols,
+ analagous to the usual list of tables or list of figures.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, toc
+Author: Gerry van Dooren <elecgd@urc.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lscape.sty
+Description: LaTeX style defining a landscape option, which rotates the
+ pages in its scope through 90 degrees. The page head and foot are
+ NOT affected.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, rotation
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 18 November 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires Rokicki's rotate.sty, and his dvips driver.
+ Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: side.sty, portland.sty, landscape.sty
+
+Name: lslide.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for typesetting
+ slides.
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, slides
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0.1, Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample/documentation file, lslide.tex.
+
+Name: ltgtsim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the commands to
+ combine the symbols "<", "~" and ">", "~".
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbol
+Author: Bill Thompson <thompson@stars.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Jul 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: ltugbot.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to implement a rudimentary
+ pseudo-TUGboat format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, journal
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 89
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete, see ltugboat.sty
+
+Name: makerobust.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \makerobust. This command
+ allows you to make commands robust, so they to not need \protect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, fragile, robust
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: Version 1.00, 19 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: man10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is the default.
+See also: manual.sty, man11.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man12.sty
+
+Name: man12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for manual.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, manual
+Author: M. Edward Nieland <ted@nieland.dayton.oh.us>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Aug 87
+Archives: ymir
+See also: manual.sty, man10.sty, man11.sty
+
+Name: manpage.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing UNIX manual
+ pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, manpage
+Author: Rong Chen <rchen@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 11 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file appended to the end of the style file.
+See also: unixman.sty
+
+Name: marginote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using marginal notes
+ numbered like footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, margin notes
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: marnote.sty
+Description: Macros to print a short note vertically in left or right
+ margin on all pages.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: James Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 3 Jan 92
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart
+Note: Requires psfig (q.v.) and dvips
+
+Name: mathsing.sty
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag LaTeX document-style option for
+ typesetting single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 3 Dec 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, and an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.cmm
+
+Name: mathtext.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the macro \text
+ for inserting fragments of text in math mode.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1989
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart
+
+Name: memo10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo12.sty
+
+Name: memo12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for memo.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, memo
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 May 1985
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Requires extradefs.tex.
+See also: extradefs.tex, memo.sty, memo10.sty, memo11.sty
+
+Name: merge.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing form letters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Graeme McKinstry <graeme%otago.ac.nz@relay.cs.net>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 4 Feb 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty
+
+Name: mf.sty
+Description: Document style option to define Metafont logo in all sizes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, METAFONT, NFSS
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 24 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir*
+
+%% Name: mfr.sty
+%% Description:
+%% Keywords:
+%% Author:
+%% Latest Version:
+%% Archives:
+
+Name: misc.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file which contains definitions of the
+ following macros: \pmb (poor man's bold), \timeofday, \verbfile (for
+ verbatim listings of files) and \listing (same as \verbfile, but
+ with automatic line numbers).
+Keywords: LaTeX, pmb, verbatim
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jul 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitpress.sty
+Description: Rudimentary LaTeX document-style option for the MIT Press
+ format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, publisher style
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mitthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for MIT theses. For use with
+ report.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Sep 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: module.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for modularizing definitions,
+ i.e., for allowing for conditional definition of definitions within
+ a macro file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, macro, modularity
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: styledef.tex
+
+Name: morefloats.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to increase the number of
+ floats from 18 to 36.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 27 Jul 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: ms10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms10.sty, ms12.sty
+
+Name: ms12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for milstd.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, milstd
+Author: Kent McPherson
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1986
+Note: This is the default.
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+See also: milstd.sty, ms11.sty, ms11.sty
+
+Name: msam.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS A symbol
+ font (msam).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msbm.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: msbm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for accessing the AMS B symbol
+ font (msbm).
+Keywords: LaTeX, amsfonts, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+See also: msam.sty, amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty,
+ amsfonts.sty, amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: mtns12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with
+ mtnsarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, proceedings
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 May 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+
+Name: multibox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide multiple boxes in
+ pictures, similar to the \multiput command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Brian Hamilton Kelly, Royal Military College of Science,
+ Shrivenham, SWINDON, SN6 8LA, United Kingdom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: multicolpar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting paragraphs in
+ multiple columns, which corresponding paragraphs in the two columns
+ aligned. This format is useful for translated articles, in which
+ there is the original language in the first column and the
+ translated version in the second.
+Keywords: LaTeX, multi-column
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov> and Max
+ Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: multirow.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \multirow
+ command for making tabular entries that span multiple rows.
+Keywords: LaTeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: This doesn't seem to be self-contained.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: named.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which implements citations for
+ the ``named'' bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.bst
+
+Name: natsci.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which formats citations for the
+ NATSCI bibliography style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 28 feb 91
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: natsci.bst
+
+Name: newarray.sty
+Description: Prints an informative message, and then generates an error.
+ All the features of previous releases of this style are now in
+ array.sty or delarray.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, array, tabular, newcolumn, delimiters
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 06 July 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+See also: array.sty delarray.sty
+Note: Obsolete: Use array.sty.
+
+Name: newequation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defined the \newequation
+ command, which is analogous to the standard \newtheorem command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, equation, math
+Author: Richard Clayton <clayton@thumper.bellcore.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 91
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nextslide.sty
+Description: Adds \newslide command to SliTeX, allowing some other
+ environments to span multiple slides.
+Keywords: SliTeX, page control
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nf.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for
+ Nuclear Fusion (and other IAEA journals?). For use with
+ article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: lyman.pppl.gov [192.55.106.129]*
+
+Name: nfsslint.sty
+Description: For New Font Selection Scheme users -- warns of possible
+ font problems in pre-NFSS files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: nofm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce page headers with
+ page numbers of the form "n of m."
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Max Hailperin <max@nic.gac.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: nosecnum.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to suppress section numbers,
+ but still put the section titles in page headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, pagestyle
+Author: Michael Lemke <michael@crown.as.utexas.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Dec 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: nosecnumbers.sty
+Description: Suppresses section numbers in \sections, \subsections,
+ etc., (but still writes entries for a table of contents).
+Keywords: LaTeX, section numbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: npsfont.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining new PostScript fonts with NFSS.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, PostScript fonts
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: ntg10.sty (.doc)
+Description: 10 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg11.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg11.sty (.doc)
+Description: 11 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.16, 2 Jan 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg12.sty
+
+Name: ntg12.sty (.doc)
+Description: 12 point document-style option for the artikel1, artikel2,
+ artikel3, boek.sty, rapport1 and rapport3 document styles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.17, 24 Apr 1991
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+See also: ntg10.sty, ntg11.sty
+
+Name: numdef.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option (also works with plain) to allow
+ `arrays' of macros \xx1 \xx2 etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, numbers, \newcommand, \def
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*, shsu
+Note: I am not sure that this was a good idea, it works though.
+
+Name: numinsec.sty
+Description: Document-style option for use with siam.sty (q.v.) to cause
+ equations, figures and tables to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SIAM, journal
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all)
+
+Name: oncew.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 29 Jun 1990
+Note: OBSOLETE: superseded by xrefwarn.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on the enumerate
+ environment that defines a six-level list environment for
+ typesetting outlines (The sections are numbered in the following
+ styles: I., A., 1., a., (1), (a) ).
+Keywords: LaTeX, outline, list
+Author: Peter Halvorson <peter@fission.gatech.edu>,
+ <ne201ph@prism.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 10 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, outline.tex.
+
+Name: outlineitems.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which alters to numbering of
+ items in the enumerate environment to follow the conventional
+ "outlining" numbering: i.e., \Roman for first level, \Alph for
+ second level, \arabic for third level and \alph for fourth level.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 9 Jan 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: overcite.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range and displaying
+ them as a superscripted citation. E.g., "foo [1,2,3]." becomes
+ "foo.^{1-3}".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*, utrecht
+See also: citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, rangecite.sty
+
+Name: oz.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting Z and Object-Z
+ specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, Z, Object-Z
+Author: Formal Methods Group (fmg@cs.uq.oz.au)
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Apr 91
+Archives: ymir, ftp.cs.uq.oz.au* [130.102.192.20] (coming soon)
+Note: Includes documentation file oz.tex.
+
+Name: pagefoots.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to number footnotes within a
+ page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnotes
+Author: Brian T. Schellenberger <bts@unx.sas.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 01 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu*
+
+Name: pageframe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a frame around the
+ text area of a page, or for just putting cropmarks in the corners.
+ Also puts a timestamp, job ID, page number and sequence number
+ outside the text area on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cropmark, book, output
+Author: Cameron Smith <cameron@symcom.math.uiuc.edu>, (513) 429-2707
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Nov 1991
+Archives: shsu*, aston, stuttgart
+See also: cropmark.tex, quire.tex
+Note: The package comes with documentation, pgframedoc.tex, and a test
+ file, pgframetest.tex. It's vitally important to read the
+ documentation before trying to use the style file, as it answers
+ many questions about the package. Also, on some archives this
+ package is called "pgframe" rather than "pageframe".
+
+Name: pap11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap12.sty
+
+Name: pap12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for paper.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 22 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: pap11.sty
+
+Name: parskip.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce zero \parindent and
+ non-zero \parskip for any document style and size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, page style
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Jan 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: TeX macro which defines the \path macro, which is similar
+ to LaTeX's \verb (i.e. it typesets its parameter in verbatim mode
+ (and therefore in \tt)) but also allows its parameter to be broken
+ at specifiable discretionary breakpoints (typically punctuation
+ characters), without introducing hyphens which might otherwise be
+ ambiguous.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, filename, e-mail pathname, discretionary, verbatim
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.03, 18th December 1991
+Archives: ??? no idea where Nelson put it !!!
+
+Name: path.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the \pathname
+ macro, which is similar to \verb, except it allows its argument to
+ be broken at punctuation characters.
+Keywords: LaTeX, filename, path name, discretionary
+Author: Philip Taylor <P.Taylor@Vax.Rhbnc.Ac.Uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.02, 23 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: portland.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to facilitate switching between
+ portrait and landscape printing.
+Keywords: LaTeX, landscape, portrait
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Dec 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: program.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting algorithms.
+Keywords: LaTeX, algorithm
+Author: Martin Ward
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes demonstration file, program-demo.tex.
+
+Name: proof.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting proof trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, prooftree, tree
+Author: Makoto Tatsuta <tatsuta@riec.tohoku.ac.jp>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 13 Oct, 1990
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Comes with a sample file, proofeg.tex.
+
+Name: psfig.sty
+Description: See entry for psfig.tex.
+
+Name: pspicture.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option re-implementing, and extending, LaTeX
+ picture mode commands, using PostScript \specials.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, picture
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.01, 16 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: The \special's are set up for Rokicki's dvips. A docstrip option
+ for dvi2ps \special's is also provided. The distribution also
+ includes texpicture.sty and pspicture.ps. Documentation requires
+ Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: epic, eepic, xypic
+
+Name: quote.sty
+Description: See entry for quote.tex.
+
+Name: raggedtab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to cause all parboxes to be
+ typeset ragged-right.
+Keywords: LaTeX, parbox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rail.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating syntax diagrams
+ (sometimes known as railroad diagrams).
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF, railroad
+Author: L.W.J. Rooijakkers <lwj@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 #1, 12 Feb 1991
+Archives: ftp.cs.kun.nl* [131.174.33.1], ymir, aston
+Note: The complete Rail package consists of a C program, a LaTeX style
+ file, a LaTeX documentation file, a UNIX manual page and some
+ examples. The program is required for processing the diagrams; the
+ style file alone is useless.
+See also: bnf.tex, bnf.sty, ebnf.sty
+
+Name: rangecite.sty (runcite.sty)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for compressing lists of three
+ or more consecutive numbers into one number range.
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation, bibliography
+Author: Nachum Dershowitz <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu> and Edward M. Reingold
+ <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Apr 1990
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26], ymir
+See also: cite.sty, citesort.sty, drftcite.sty, overcite.sty
+
+Name: RCS.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to incorporate RCS keyword
+ strings such that their value can be used, e.g. for printing in a
+ page footer.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS keyword strings
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1992
+Archives: tue
+See also: rcs.sty (longer code, but does special date processing)
+Note: source is fully documented
+
+Name: rcs.sty
+Description: Interface to the RCS Revision Control System for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, RCS
+Author: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1992
+Archives: utrecht*, stuttgart, rcs.sty
+
+Name: refman.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing technical
+ reference manuals, users' guides and articles with a design similar
+ to the PostScript Reference Manual. For use with article.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, manual
+Author: Hubert Partl, TU Wien
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 4 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: remark.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides a \newremark
+ command, parallel to the \newtheorem command, but for remark-like
+ environments instead of theorem-like environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Possibly obsolete. See theorem.sty.
+
+Name: resume.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting resumes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, resume
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 8 Mar 89
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+Note: Comes with sample file, resume-sample.tex.
+
+Name: romanneg.sty
+Description: Causes the page numbers in the DVI file (as defined by
+ \count0) to be negative when roman pagenumbering is in effect.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, pagenumbers
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Archives: Aston*
+Supported: yes
+
+Name: rotate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for rotating and flipping TeX
+ boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvips
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.sty is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.tex
+
+Name: rotating.sty
+Description: A set of macros for rotating all sorts of boxes in LaTeX,
+ and allowing the right amount of space. Also supports rotated
+ floats.
+Keywords: LaTeX, rotation
+Author: Sebastian Rahtz <spqr@minster.york.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.6 (4 June 92)
+Note: Documented with Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.) system in a full
+ manual, which was published in TUGboat 13(2):156--180, July 1992.
+Archives: Aston
+
+Name: sans.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option changing the r\^oles of sans
+ serif and roman. NFSS only.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, sans serif
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: (no number) 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: sc21.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing cover pages
+ appropriate for ISO/TC97/SC21 documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, ISO, standards documents
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 May 1987
+Archives: ymir, utrecht (newer?)
+See also: sc21-wg1.sty
+
+Name: sc21-wg1.sty
+Description: A variant of sc21.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: sched.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule. Based
+ on schedule.sty (q.v.), but uses PiCTeX instead of PostScript for
+ shading boxes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PiCTeX
+Author: Jim Hefferon <hefferon@smcvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: schedule.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for drawing a schedule.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Frank Pfenning <fp@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: schulzrinne.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines
+ \cleardoublepage to provide a completely blank page between chapters
+ of a book.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: screen.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing a document
+ suitable for previewing with SCREENVIEW.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SCREENVIEW
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: script.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using Ralph Smith's rsfs
+ script fonts.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, mathfonts, script, Lagrangian symbol, Hamiltonian
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.0a 11 Sep 1992
+Archives: stuttgart* (look under latex-style-supported/nfss-addons)
+
+Name: seceqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for article.sty to cause
+ equations to be numbered within sections.
+Keywords: LaTeX, sectioning, equation
+Author: Jerry Leichter <leichter@cs.rutgers.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Apr 89
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: secret.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for typesetting classified
+ reports by preceding all paragraphs with "(U)", "(C)" or "(S)".
+Keywords: LaTeX, classified
+Author: Denys Duchier <duchier-denys@cs.yale.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 Nov 89
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: seminar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for slides and notes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, slides
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 8 May 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], shsu
+
+Name: setspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which provides commands and
+ environments for doing double and one-and-a-half spacing based on
+ the point size.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Erica M. S. Harris and George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@SHSU.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Aug 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: set_sp.sty
+Description: modification of Erica Harris's setspace.sty (q.v.) to work
+ with the New Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, linespacing
+Author: Geoffrey Tobin <ecsgrt@luxor.latrobe.edu.au>
+Supported: yes, by email to author's address, for the present
+Latest Version: v0.1, Thu 23 Jan 1992
+Archives: none as of Thu 21 May 1992
+
+Name: sfwmac.sty
+Description: LaTeX support for writing UNIX-style documentation, mostly
+ by providing a set of standard abbreviations.
+Keywords: LaTeX, UNIX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: shading.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for putting text on a shaded
+ background. Requires a PostScript printer and dvi-file converter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Art Mulder <art@cs.ualberta.ca>, <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 29 Sep 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Art Mulder is not the author of this file, just the most recent
+ modifier. Based on shadebox.tex.
+
+Name: shadow.sty
+Description: Defines a LaTeX macro \shabox which has the same meaning as
+ \fbox, except that a "shadow" is added to the bottom and right sides
+ of the box.
+Keywords: LaTeX, framebox
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 10 May 1991
+Archives: shsu*, ymir
+
+Name: showkeys.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option modifying \label, \bibitem, \cite, \ref
+ and \pageref, to print their `key' arguments. The printing of these
+ keys does not alter the formatting of the rest of the document.
+ (Well not by very much!)
+Keywords: LaTeX, label, ref, citation, keys
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 25 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+See also: showlabels.sty
+
+Name: showlabels.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the \label to
+ show the labels inline and modifies the \ref and \pageref to print
+ undefined labels rather than just "??".
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Gil Neiger <gil@cc.gatech.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: siam10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: siam12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with siam.sty
+ (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal, publisher style
+Author: Howard Trickey <trickey@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Feb 1988
+Archives: research.att.com* [192.20.225.2] (in
+ netlib/typesetting/siamltex.all), ymir
+
+Name: side.sty
+Description: Defines environments sidetable and sidefigure for including
+ landscape ("sideways") tables and figures in LaTeX documents.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats, dvips
+Author: F. K. Knight <knight@ll.mit.edu> and M. F. Ryba
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 3 Dec 91
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Requires rotate.tex (q.v.).
+
+Name: SLaTeX (with slatex.sty)
+Description: The TeX file slatex.sty allows automatic multiple-font
+ typesetting of Scheme or Lisp code in both LaTeX and plain TeX.
+ Relies on the non-TeX program SLaTeX, which is makefile-portable to
+ any Scheme and Common Lisp.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, SLaTeX, Scheme, Common Lisp
+Author: Dorai Sitaram <dorai@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Version 1.99, Dec. 1991
+Archives: titan.rice.edu* (public/slatex-1.99.tar.Z)
+
+Name: slem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to modify \em so that it uses \sl
+ rather than \it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS, emphasis
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: smaller.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style to provide relative sizing macros for
+ the Old Font Selection Scheme, i.e., \smaller will reduce the
+ current font size by one step and \larger will increase it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, font, OFSS
+Author: Bernie Cosell <cosell@wilma.bbn.com> and Don Hosek
+ <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 May 1990
+Archives: ymir*, shsu
+
+Name: smalltalk.sty
+Description: Useful for typesetting small fragments of the Smalltalk
+ programming language
+Keywords: LaTeX, Smalltalk programming language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Supported: yes
+Archives: Aston*
+
+Name: sober.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to reduce the amount of space
+ after section headers and in list environments and reduce the size
+ of section headers.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Nico Poppelier <n.poppelier@elsevier.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: spacecites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to insert spaces between
+ entries in a multiple citation key, i.e., [Furu86, Furu87] instead
+ of [Furu86,Furu87].
+Keywords: LaTeX, citation
+Author: Richard Furuta <furuta@mimsy.umd.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 22 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: spacing.sty
+Description: Single- and double-spacing macros for LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, doublespace
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use doublespace.sty instead.
+
+Name: sprite.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating low-resolution bitmap characters
+ in TeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, graphics
+Author: Martin Costabel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Oct 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: sshdbk10.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which modifies the ten-point
+ book style (bk10.sty) to use sans serif headings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu, shsu
+
+Name: stbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option based on letter.sty.
+ Configuration is done interactively during the TeX run. Just
+ answer the questions and a personnal configuration file is edited
+ or changed.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, interactive configuration
+Author: Steffen Steinh\"auser <steffen_steinhaeuser@mz.maus.de>,
+ <steinhaeuser@ddagsi5.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.4, 21 Mar 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*
+Note: defuser.sty is the file which is automatically included. It
+ does the interactive configuration. stbrief.tex is an example for
+ a letter. Just TeX it and jou'll see! An version with english
+ texts will follow soon. Any help is available via email (see above
+ for address). More german information in an article in c't 7/92.
+
+Name: stmaryrd.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for using the St Mary's Road
+ symbol font (stmary) created by Jeremy Gibbons and Alan Jeffrey.
+Keywords: LaTeX, NFSS, OFSS, mathfonts
+Author: Alan Jeffrey <alanje@cogs.sussex.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 02 Jun 1992
+Archives:
+Note: Requires module.sty and the St Mary's Road fonts METAFONT sources.
+ Comes with documentation, stmaryrd.tex.
+
+Name: subeqn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for numbering a series of
+ equations as 4a, 4b, 4c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 90
+Archives: ymir*, utrecht, shsu
+See also: equations.sty
+
+Name: subeqnarray.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the subeqnarray,
+ which is just like the eqnarray environment except that the lines
+ are numbered as 1a, 1b, 1c, etc.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, equation number, subnumbering
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Nov 1988
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: subfigure.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for providing support for the
+ inclusion of small `sub' figures. It simplifies the positioning,
+ captioning and labeling of them within a single figure environment.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.5, 06 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, utrecht
+
+Name: supertab.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the supertabular
+ environment, which is like tabular except that large tables are
+ automatically split across pages. The table head and tail are
+ repeated on each page.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tables, multi-page
+Author: Theo Jurriens <taj@hgrrug5.bitnet> and Johannes Braams
+ <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.6h, 3 Jul 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, utrecht, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: longtable.sty, bigtabular.sty
+
+Name: suthesis.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for the Stanford University
+ Ph.D. thesis style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, thesis
+Author: Joseph Pallas
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Sep 88
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+
+Name: svma.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ multiple-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Includes documentation file svma-doc.sty. Probably obsolete: use
+ lmamult.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svsa.sty, lmamult.sty
+
+Name: svsa.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for Springer-Verlag
+ single-author books.
+Keywords: LaTeX, book, Springer-Verlag, publisher style
+Author: Ed Sznyter, Computer Science Department,
+ Stanford University, Stanford, CA 94305--2140
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 01 Nov 87
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+Note: Probably obsolete: use mathsing.sty (q.v.) instead.
+See also: svma.sty, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: tables.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for creating tables.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Ray F. Cowan and Bob Taylor
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Mar 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: tables.tex???
+
+Name: tabls.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to keep text from touching text
+ or hlines above or below.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tables
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.1, 1992
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu*
+
+Name: tabverb.sty
+Description: LaTeX environment similar to the LaTeX verbatim
+ environment, but it expands tab characters and interprets CTL-L's as
+ \newpage's.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim
+Author: Michael Fine
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: tabularx.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX style option defining the tabularx environment. This
+ is like tabular*, except that the widths of certain `p' columns are
+ modified to achieve the desired total width, rather than the width
+ of the inter-column space.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular, tabularx
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.04, 02 September 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Requires array.sty. Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: tape.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for making cassette labels.
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Sunil Podar <podar@sbcs.csnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1986
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+Note: Includes documentation and examples: tape-doc.tex, tape.readme and
+ tape.example.
+See also: cassette.tex
+
+Name: techreport.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to the USCthesis style for
+ converting a thesis or dissertation into a technical report.
+Keywords: LaTeX, technical report
+Author: Steven Douglas Cochran <sdc+@cs.cmu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.6, 23 Mar 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Requires Tomas Rokicki's `rotate' style option (or equivalent) if
+ the spine-art option is used.
+See also: USCthesis.sty
+
+Name: texnames.sty
+Description: Style file which defines macros for names of various TeX
+ and METAFONT programs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, logos
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.06, 27 Jan 1992
+Note: Distributed as part of the eplain.tex package.
+Archives: utah*, umb, utrecht, stuttgart, aston, ymir, shsu
+See also: tex.logos
+
+Name: tgrind.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting tgrind output, based on
+ tgrindmac.tex.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tgrind
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, utrecht, shsu
+See also: tgrindmac.tex
+
+Name: theapa.sty
+Description: LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX document-style option for use with the
+ theapa BibTeX bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: LaTeX, AMS-LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1 May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.tex, theapa.bst
+
+Name: threecolumn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for setting documents in three
+ columns.
+Keywords: LaTeX, output, multi-column
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Oct 1989
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart, aston
+See also: multicol.sty
+
+Name: threepart.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for creating three-part headers
+ and footers.
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author: Lance Berc <mcvax!unizh!olsen!lance@seismo.css.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: timeline.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing time lines in either LaTeX or plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, timeline
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: trademarks.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines macros for
+ various common trademarks.
+Keywords: LaTeX, trademark, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: trees.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for drawing binary or ternary trees.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tree, graphics
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 18 Apr 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston
+Note: Comes with documentation file trees.readme.
+
+Name: twoup.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to print documents two-up with
+ the help of dvidvi.
+Keywords: LaTeX, dvidvi
+Author: Gary Levin <gary@sun.mcs.clarkson.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: uct10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct11.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct12.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: uct12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with ucthesis.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, report, thesis
+Author: Rusty C. Wright
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 20 Jun 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: uct10.sty, uct11.sty, ucthesis.sty
+
+Name: ukdate.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide support for UK-style
+ dates. Also provides macros to calculate the day of week and the
+ phase of the moon.
+Keywords: LaTeX, date, calendar, pom, dow
+Author: Adrian F. Clark <alien@essex.ac.uk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 26 Oct 1988
+Note: Obsolete: Use dates.sty instead.
+
+Name: ulem.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which redefines \em to
+ underline text rather than set it in italics. This underlining
+ allows line breaks, and works with plain TeX also (using \uline{}).
+Keywords: LaTeX, plain TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 1992
+Archives: shsu*, ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: usenix.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to be used with article.sty to
+ produce papers in the format of the Usenix conference proceedings.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings
+Author: Dave Steiner <steiner@topaz.rutgers.edu>,
+ <..!rutgers!topaz.rutgers.edu!steiner>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.9, 1 Jun 1989
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: The official Usenix proceedings are typeset by converting all
+ papers to troff, so this style can't be used to submit camera-ready
+ copy.
+
+Name: userps.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to define various useful
+\pagestyles. (Only contains one so far.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, pagestyle
+Author:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: Unsupported.
+
+Name: varfbox.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines a variant of the
+ standard \fbox command which allows the user to specify the size of
+ the \fboxrule on the fly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 8 Aug 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: vdm.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting VDM specifications.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VDM specification language
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, May 1992
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Note: Comes with documentation: vdm.tex
+
+Name: version.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for defining environments whose contents will
+ be optionally ignored when you run LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Stephen Bellantoni
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: vita.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for creating a vita similar to that
+ suggested by the Handbook for Scholars.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vita, resume
+Author: KC Border <kcb@hss.caltech.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1990
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: voorbeeldom.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines an enumerate-like
+ environment for typesetting Linguistic examples.
+Keywords: LaTeX, lists
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 1990
+Archives: utrecht*, ymir
+
+Name: voorwerk.sty
+Description: Dutch version of titlepage.sty for use with rapport1.sty
+ and rapport3.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, titlepage, report, Dutch, NTG
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Apr 1990
+Archives: tex-nl*, ymir, aston,
+Note: Part of the Dutch national LaTeX effort.
+
+Name: vrbinput.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with verbatim.sty
+ (q.v.) to allow the verbatim input of files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, input
+Author: Bernd Raichle <raichle@azu.Informatik.Uni-Stuttgart.DE>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0b, 30 Jun 1991
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart*
+Note: vrbinput.sty (.doc) is part of the verbatim distribution.
+See also: verbatim.sty
+
+Name: warn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to get LaTeX warnings to mention
+ the line number.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: workshop.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style to be used for formatting articles for
+ the workshops on discrete event systems in Prague, August 1992, and
+ on robust control in Ascona, April 1992.
+Keywords: LaTeX, conference, article
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 11 Feb 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183]
+Note: Obsolete. Use birkhaus.sty instead.
+
+Name: wrapfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which defines the environment
+ "wrapfigure" to manually place a figure at the side of the page and
+ wrap text around it.
+Keywords: LaTeX, floats,
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wright.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option which extends \newcommand and
+ \renewcommand to support commands with optional arguments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, newcommand, optarg
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: Includes example file wright.tex.
+
+Name: xrefwarn.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to modify the \cite command to
+ only warn you once of each undefined citation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, x-ref warnings, citation
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2, 24 Feb 1992
+Archives: utrecht*
+
+Name: xspace.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option defining \xspace, a macro to put at the
+ end of abbreviations. It makes a space unless the following
+ character is a punctuation character, or {}.
+Keywords: LaTeX, spaces
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 1.01, 26 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: Documentation requires Mittelbach's doc.sty.
+
+Name: young.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style option which defines an environment
+ {Young} to draw Young tableaux (group theory).
+Keywords: LaTeX, Young tableaux
+Author: J"org Knappen <knappen@vkpmzd.kph.uni-mainz.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 1992
+Note: Based on using young.tex by Paul E. S. Wormer <U644301@HNYKUN11>
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: zaccone.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to provide independent
+ formatting of table and figure (and other float) captions.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Virtually identical to bruggink.sty (q.v.)
+
+Name: zero.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to start numbering at zero,
+ where appropriate. Also allows specification of initial counter
+ values other than one or zero (useful for counters that count
+ "within" other counters).
+Keywords: LaTeX, counter, "numbering within"
+Author: Tom Verhoeff <wstomv@win.tue.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 19 Jun 1991
+Archives: tue, shsu
+Note: documentation and test file included in package named zero.tar.Z
+
+
+%%Section 6.8: Other
+
+Name: asaetr.tex
+Description: LaTeX documentation for asaetr package
+Keywords: documentation, LaTeX, publisher style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.bst, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: calprog.tex
+Description: See yearcal.tex
+
+Name: docstrip.tex
+Description: LaTeX program to convert .doc files written with doc.sty
+ into stripped-down .sty files.
+Keywords: LaTeX, documentation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.11 test, 10 Dec 1990
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: doc.sty, newdoc.sty
+
+Name: lcustom.tex
+Description: A miscellaneous collection of LaTeX customizations,
+ including support for the verbatim input of a file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, vrbinput
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: pphlp.tex
+Description: This file is part of the PPHLP package, which allows both
+ printed manuals and VMS help library modules to be prepared from a
+ single file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, VMS, documentation
+Author: Norman Gray <N.O.Gray@open.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 July 1992
+Archives: aston, shsu
+
+Name: preload.tex
+Description: A .tex file for making latex formats with certain style
+ options preloaded. Speeds things up on a slow PC!
+Keywords: LaTeX, PC, speed, initex
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: May not work with recent releases of LaTeX.
+
+Name: pslplain.tex
+Description: PSLaTeX is a variant of LaTeX that uses PostScript fonts
+ where possible (including math mode). The assumed encoding of text
+ fonts is not that of the Computer Modern fonts, but the Adobe
+ Standard Encoding, enabling any PostScript font using this encoding
+ to be used as a text font. The latest version incorporates the New
+ Font Selection Scheme.
+Keywords: LaTeX, PostScript fonts
+Author: Mario Wolczko <mario@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Archives: Aston*, SPAN, stuttgart
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 3.0, Jun 1992
+Note: comes with documentation (pslatex.tex) and many supporting files.
+
+Name: xcomment.sty
+Description: LaTeX style option for printing only selected environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, comment
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Jun 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: xxxcustom.tex
+Description: Miscellaneous customizations to LaTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.00, 17 Jun 1985
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: yearcal.tex
+Description: LaTeX program for printing a year calendar.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar
+Author: Michael Barr <barr@triples.math.mcgill.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latsion: 25 Jun 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: calendar.sty, calendar.tex
+Note: An earlier version of this program was called calprog.tex.
+
+
+%%Section 7: LAMS-TEX
+
+%% These entries need to be fleshed out more.
+
+Name: lamstex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX is a macro package which provides AMS-TeX with
+ some of the document-structuring commands of packages such as LaTeX.
+ Support is also provided for tables, commutative diagrams,
+ cross-references, bibliographies (including the use of BibTeX),
+ indices, etc.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams, xrefs, BibTeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.01, 1991
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+Note: LamS-TeX comes with installation instructions (inst.tex and
+ insttbls.tex) and a brief sample file (samp.tex), which also
+ contains a short description of the package. A user's manual
+ ("LamS-TeX, The Synthesis") is sold separately by the TeXplorators
+ Corporation. A Wizards's Manual, documenting the code, is also
+ available and a Style File Designer's Manual is planned. LamS-TeX
+ comes with two programs (dvipaste and index) and five new fonts
+ (lams1.mf, ..., lams5.mf). LamS-TeX is almost compatible with plain
+ TeX and AMS-TeX and compatibility modes are supplied (see
+ acompat.tex and pcompat.tex). LamS-TeX is organized in modules,
+ which can be swapped in and out as needed to make more efficient use
+ of limited memory. (Those files with "(.tox)" next to their names
+ are modules.)
+
+Name: acompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which allows an old AMS-TeX file to be run
+ through LamS-TeX.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author: Michael Spivak, The TeXplorators Corporation; 3701 W. Alabama,
+ Suite 450-273. Houston, TX 77027 (U.S.A.)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: alignat.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines the alignedat, alignat,
+ xalignat and xxalignat math environments for equation arrays.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: amstexl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides the basic AMS-TeX macros.
+Keywords: AMS-TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: anynum.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which defines \newcounter and \usecounter.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bib.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for a bibliography.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: bibtex.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which provides support for BibTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: book.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic book.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, book
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also book.stb, book.stf and book.stt for providing extra macros.
+
+Name: cardord.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for printing the value of constants and
+ counters as cardinal and ordinal numbers.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, counter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: cd.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for
+ commutative diagrams?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, commutative diagrams
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dblacc.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for the \accented
+ command for putting multiple accents on a character.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: dvipaste.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for using the program dvipaste, which
+ provides a way to paste in tables that may otherwise be too big to
+ include in your document using traditional means.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, table
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives:
+Note: Documentation in dvipaste.doc. Sample files join.tex, boxes1.tex
+ and boxes2.tex.
+
+Name: islands.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides supports for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamslogo.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX file which defines the LamS-TeX logo, \LamSTeX.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstbl.tex
+Description: Subset of the LamS-TeX macros that are most useful for
+ producing tables with dvipaste?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stb
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing an index.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, index
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stf
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing a table of contents.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: lamstex.stt
+Description: LamS-TeX macros used when producing tables.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, tables
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: letter.st
+Description: LamS-TeX letter document style.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: A sample letter, letter.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: lists.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module for providing support for itemized lists.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, lists
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: literal.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for typesetting
+ pieces of TeX code verbatim
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: lithl.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for doing something magic.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: paper.st
+Description: LamS-TeX document style for producing a generic paper.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, article
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Also paper.stt, which has something to do with tables.
+
+Name: pcompat.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX which allows LamS-TeX to format a plain TeX file.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LamS-TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: places.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides extra support for floating
+ insertions.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, float
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: ptmatrix.tex
+Description: LamS-TeX macros for typesetting partitioned matrices.
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, math, matrices
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1991
+Archives:
+
+Name: varref.tex (.tox)
+Description: LamS-TeX module which provides support for cross
+ references?
+Keywords: LamS-TeX, xrefs
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 8: PLAIN TEX
+
+Name: 10point.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the one
+ mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 10pointss.tex
+Description: Defines a \tenpointss macro to switch to the ten point
+ sans-serif font.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 11point.tex,
+ 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex, plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 11point.tex
+Description: Defines an \elevenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 12point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twelvepoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 14point.tex
+Description: Defines a \fourteenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 17point.tex
+Description: Defines a \seventeenpoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 20point.tex
+Description: Defines a \twentypoint macro for plain TeX, analogous to
+ the \tenpoint macro mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu> and J. Leon
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex,
+ 10pointss.tex, 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 2columns.mac
+Description: The two column output format from Chapter 23 of the
+ TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 2side.tex
+Description: A two-sided format for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: 7point.tex
+Description: Defines a \sevenpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 8point.tex
+Description: Defines an \eightpoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 9point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: 9point.tex
+Description: Defines a \ninepoint macro for plain TeX, similar to the
+ one mentioned in the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 10point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex,
+ plain-cm.tex
+
+Name: aa.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the journal Astronomy and Astrophysics.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, journal,
+ multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 25 Feb 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (aa.doc), three
+ example files (aa.dem) two of them are files with the macros for the
+ head ready to "fill in" the text (aa.big, and aa.tex), and a readme
+ file. The package also includes a copy of laa.the, the thesaurus
+ list for Astronomy and Astrophysics. There is also a variant,
+ aa.mtm, of the macros for typsetting with the Monotype Times fonts.
+
+Name: address.tex
+Description: Generates form letters and mailing labels from an address
+ list.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, formletter, mailing labels
+Author: Michael Wester <wester@spectre.unm.edu> and Jackie Damrau
+ <damrau@bitbucket.ssc.gov>
+Supported: Yes
+Latest Version: 25 May 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Package includes several auxiliary files, including a README file.
+ This package is described in the paper "Form Letters with 3-Across
+ Labels Capability," TUGboat 12(4):510-516, December 1991. This
+ paper is also included in the address package.
+See also: bellmac.tex, label.tex, labels.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: amssym.def
+Description: Makes the AMS symbol fonts (msam and msbm) available to
+ plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 5 Apr 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+See also: amssym.tex, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: apalike.tex
+Description: Macros to make apalike.bst work with plain TeX and
+ btxmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 29 Feb 1992
+Archives: labrea*
+See also: btxmac.tex, apalike.sty, apalike.bst
+
+Name: automagic.tex
+Description: Defines some fairly simple macros for automatically
+ numbering section headings in plain TeX. Also has rudimentary
+ support for a table of contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: autotoc.tex
+Description: Automatic Table of contents generation for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: automagic.tex, toc.mac, toc.tex
+
+Name: badges.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for making name tags.
+Author: Piet Tutelaers <rcpt@urc.tue.nl>, <rcpt@heithe5.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Package includes badges.ps, badges.readme and addresses.tex.
+
+Name: bellmac.tex
+Description: Form letter package for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, formletter
+Author: Edwin V. Bell, II <bell@ukanvax.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 9 Oct 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, letter.mac, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: bibplain.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for using BibTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Anthony J. Ferro <ferro@asucps.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+Note: Probably obsolete. Use btxmac.tex instead.
+
+Name: blanks.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting questions with blanks left
+ for the answers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 19 Aug 1987
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, blanks-sample.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for formatting BNF grammars.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BNF
+Author: Erik Quanstrom
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes an example file, bnfexample.tex.
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.sty
+
+Name: borders.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for putting a black border around page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output
+Author: James A. Brister
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 28 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: boxit.tex
+Description: plain TeX macro to put boxes around text, similar to the
+ LaTeX \fbox command.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+Note: This is similar to, but inferior to, the \boxit macro presented in
+ Exercise 21.3 of the TeXbook.
+See also: frame.tex
+
+Name: btable.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting character tables of finite
+ groups.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Bob Howlett <howlett_r@maths.su.oz.au> and Andrew Mathas
+ <andrew@math.uic.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 6 Jul 90
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: btxmac.tex
+Description: Defines macros that make BibTeX work with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Karl Berry and Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99j, 14 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: Caesar-CM
+Description: Macros to provide (nearly) perfect hyphenation at slight
+ cost on TeX systems lacking good virtual font support. These
+ macros allow one to supplement ordinary Computer Modern fonts with
+ some extended Computer Modern prose fonts containing some or all
+ the accented characters in the 1989 Cork norm for TeX-encoding of
+ latin alphabets. For example, the distribution includes three
+ basic prose fonts of the "TM" series due to
+ Brouard-Sullivan-Taupin.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern, Cork norm,
+ virtual fonts, em, Macintosh
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sept 1992
+Note: Caesar-CM is recommended for TeX systems lacking good virtual
+ font support. Originally designed for OzTeX and Textures, it
+ provides special comforts for these two. For Textures, there is
+ support for all Adobe type1 fonts, covering roughly the same ISO
+ Latin1 accented characters as the TM fonts.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: calendar.tex
+Description: Interactive plain TeX program for formatting a monthly
+ calendar.
+Keywords: plain TeX, calendar
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: calendar.sty, yearcal.tex
+
+Name: capparmode.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset every paragraph with a drop
+ capital.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dropcaps
+Author: David J. Braunegg
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: cassette.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros to typeset labels for standard Phillips
+ audio cassette boxes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, cassette label
+Author: David Strip <drstrip@isrc.sandia.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1991
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Uses, but does not require, two special fonts, dolby and cdlogo.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+%% Name: cell1.tex
+%% Name: cell2.tex
+%% Name: cell3.tex
+%% Name: cell4.tex
+%% Name: cellular.doc
+%% Name: cellular.tex
+
+Name: chbars.tex
+Description: Macros for producing changebars without \special's (with
+ plain TeX).
+Keywords: plain TeX, changebars, output
+Author: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 9 Oct 1989
+Note: This is, in fact, a talk at EuroTeX '89 in Karlsruhe. (That's the
+ EuroTeX where no proceedings appeared.) The talk attempted to push
+ TeX to its limits and to show these limits. The author neither uses
+ nors support this macro by himself; but if he receives repairs, he
+ will incorporate them into a new version.
+Archives: darmstadt*, stuttgart, ymir, aston
+
+Name: cnoweb.tex
+Description: A plain TeX macro package for pretty-printing C code
+ without using CWEB.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, C
+Author: Jim Fox
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 30 Oct 1989
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+Note: Includes a sample file, pf.c, and a readme file, cnoweb.readme.
+
+Name: comment.sty
+Description: Macros for commenting out sections of documents in plain
+ TeX or LaTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, comment
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, shsu
+See also: comment.tex, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: comment.tex
+Description: Defines macros for commenting out sections of text in plain
+ TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, comment
+Author: J. C. Alexander
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: May 1986
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: comment.sty, verbatim.sty
+
+Name: cpjour2.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for various two-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 24 Oct 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 and PJour2g packages.
+
+Name: CPMoMu01
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for preparing
+ camera-ready monographs or contributions to multi-author books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book, single-author, multi-author, proceedings,
+ camera-ready
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+
+Name: cyracc.def
+Description: Definitions of accents and special characters required for
+ use of the Cyrillic fonts arranged according to the AMS scheme.
+Keywords: generic, amsfonts, Cyrillic, AMS
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 31 May 1991
+Archives: e-math*, ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+Name: declare.tex
+Description: Provides a method of locally allocating registers without
+ interference with previously allocated registers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, allocation, register
+Author: J. E. Pittman
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: dmhgener.tex
+Description: Provides plain TeX with rudimentary support for sectioning
+ commands, automatic numbering of chapters, equations, figures and
+ tables, and bibliography entries and cross-referencing.
+Keywords: plain TeX, sectioning, autonumbering, xrefs, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: doublecol.tex
+Description: Generic double column output for plain TeX, modified from
+ Donald Knuth's routine in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, two-column, TeXbook
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: edmac.tex (.doc)
+Description: EDMAC is a set of plain TeX macros for formatting critical
+ editions of texts in the traditional way, similar to the Oxford
+ Classical Texts, Teubner and Arden Shakespeare. Support is provided
+ for marginal line numbering and multiple series of footnotes and
+ endnotes keyed to line numbers.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, line numbering
+Author: John Lavagnino <lav@binah.cc.brandeis.edu>,
+ <lav@brandeis.bitnet> and Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.22
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart, utrecht
+Note: The documentation requires doc.sty and newdoc.sty to format, as
+ well as egg.sty, which is distributed with the package.
+
+Name: epsf.tex
+Description: TeX macros to include an Encapsulated PostScript graphic.
+Keywords: plain TeX, dvips, epsf, PostScript
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 18 Jul 1990
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: epsf.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: epsf.sty, psfig.tex, psfig.sty
+
+Name: figplace.tex
+Description: Macros which implement an alternate floating insertion
+ routine for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, floats
+Author: Joost Zalmstra <jjaz%nat.vu.nl@hearn.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Oct 1988
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+
+Name: FloatNotes.tex
+Description: TeX macros allowing \midinsert's to be treated by the
+ user much like displays. In particular, it becomes possible to
+ use a midinsert without a special label or title, in spite of
+ occasional "floating" to a following page. The trick is to use a
+ "floatnote".
+Keywords: plain TeX, \midinsert, newinserts.tex
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: alpha; Sept 1992
+Note: Documentation is internal. Derives from W. Neumann's
+ newinserts.tex correction/revision of \midinsert. Hence it is only
+ valid with formats based on Plain TeX
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: fnote.tex
+Description: Defines a plain TeX macro \fnote for automatically
+ numbering footnotes. Also redefines \vfootnote to reset
+ \baselineskip to restore single spacing within double-spaced text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, autonumbering
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: fnpara.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's footnote macros so that all footnotes
+ on a page are combined into a single paragraph, a la pages 398--400
+ of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, footnotes, TeXbook
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Sep 1988
+Archives: ymir (but munged)
+See also: fnpara.sty
+
+Name: fontbl.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Roger L. Beeman and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex
+
+Name: fontchart.tex
+Description: plain TeX program for displaying magnified font tables.
+ Shows bounding boxes and baselines of characters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: testfont.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: fortran.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for including verbatim program listings.
+ Based on Dirty Trick #3 of Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, TeXbook, vrbinput
+Author: B. H. Toby
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir
+See also: list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty, verbtim2.tex,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: frame.tex
+Description: Defines a macro for putting a frame around an \hbox; also
+ defines a macro for producing an empty box of arbitrary dimensions.
+Keywords: plain TeX, framebox
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: boxit.sty
+
+Name: gkpmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros used to typeset "Concrete Mathematics" by
+ Ronald Graham, Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik.
+Keywords: plain TeX, book
+Author: Ronald Graham and Donald E. Knuth and Oren Patashnik
+Maintainer: Donald E. Knuth; Computer Science Department; Stanford
+ University; Stanford, CA 94305 <op@cs.stanford.edu (Care of Oren
+ Patashnik)>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: concrete.sty
+
+Name: headlinerule.tex
+Description: Redefines plain TeX's \makeheadline macro to include an
+ \hrule spanning the width of the page.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: HyAcc-CM
+Description: Macros allowing decent hyphenation for languages using
+ accented characters when typesetting fonts with Computer Modern
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, accents, Computer Modern
+Authors: Daniel Flipo <flipo@citil.citilille.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1992
+Note: Recommended for small TeX systems, and for European language
+ typescripts circulated in the US or wherever CM fonts predominate
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr*
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: index.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the MakeIndex program to make
+ an index for a document. The macros work with MakeIndex in its
+ default mode, so no extra MakeIndex "style" file is needed (even
+ though that default mode is actually for LaTeX). For draft
+ documents a switch will turn on "galley marks" for indexed words or
+ phrases (a ruled box is drawn around the item). Includes macros for
+ both creating the raw index file and printing the processed index.
+ Instructions are provided for setting up more than one index.
+Keywords: plain TeX, index, MakeIndex
+Author: Eric Myers <myers@landau.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: TeXsis
+Note: index.tex is also included in TeXsis (q.v.)
+
+Name: jns.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for the Journal of Nonlinear Science.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 July 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, jns.doc, an example
+ file, jns.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file, jns.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+See also: jns.sty, jnsams.cmm
+
+Name: label.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for creating mailing labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, labels.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: labeldefs.tex
+Description: Simple threecolumn output for a plain TeX newsletter, based
+ on the example on page 257 of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, output, multi-column, newsletter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: LabelFig.tex
+Description: Semi-interactive macros for attaching TeX labels to
+ imported graphics from outside sources such as Postscript.
+Keywords: TeX, graphics, PostScript
+Authors: Raymond Seroul <seroul@math.u-strasbg.fr>, Laurent Siebenmann
+ <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: July 1991
+Latest Version: July 1992
+Note: The interactivity derives from a canonical grid visible on the
+ preview or preprint. As one can attach anything to anything,
+ LabelFig.tex gives a simple paste-up environment. Documentation
+ is internal.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart
+
+Name: labelmac3.tex
+Description: Plain TeX macros for creating mail labels for use with
+ Avery 5160 laser printer labels.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels
+Author: R. Bharat Rao <bharat@herodotus.cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 Oct 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: lecmono.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ monographs in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, LNP, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecmono.doc, two
+ example files, lecmono1.dem and lecmono2.dem, and a readme file.
+ There is also a file, lecmono.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete)
+ Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: lecproc.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ proceedings in the Lecture Notes in Physics series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNP, proceedings, physics, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, lecproc.doc, two
+ example files, lecproc.dem and lecproc.dem, and a readme file.
+
+Name: letter.mac
+Description: A stripped-down version of letter format from Appendix E of
+ the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, letter.tex, lettermac.tex,
+ letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: letter.tex
+Description: Donald Knuth's letter format, an expanded version of the
+ letter format in Appendix E of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac,
+ lettermac.tex, letter.sty, merge.sty
+
+Name: lettermac.tex
+Description: Simple macros for writing letters.
+Keywords: plain TeX, letter
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 23 May 90
+Archives: ymir
+See also: address.tex, bellmac.tex, brief.sty, letter.mac, letter.tex,
+ letter.sty, make-env.tex, merge.sty
+
+Name: LeXTeX.tex
+Description: A macro package for use with plain.tex for producing legal
+ documents (including pleadings).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LeXTeX
+Author: Roger C-H. Horne <rhorne@cix.compulink.co.uk>, 7 New Square,
+ Lincoln's Inn, London WC2A 3QS, UK
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.005, Feb 1992
+Archives: None as yet.
+
+Name: list.tex
+Description: Makes a verbatim listing of one or more files. Typical
+ usage: tex list *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+Name: listing.mac
+Description: Macros for the LISTEX system by DCB.
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: llist.tex
+Description: Makes a two-up verbatim listing of one or more files.
+ Typical usage: tex llist *.c \\end
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, dvips, vrbinput
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbtim2.tex
+
+%% Name: longtocline.tex
+
+Name: lwebmac.tex
+Description: macros for the LWEB system by DCB
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: make-env.tex
+Description: Print an address on an envelope according to strict USPS
+ standards.
+Keywords: plain TeX, mailing labels, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Includes a sample file, test.adr. Requires zip.tex and
+ lettermac.tex.
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, labels.tex
+
+Name: mamath.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready articles for manuscripta mathematica.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jun 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mamath.doc, an
+ example file, mamath.dem, and a readme file. There is also a file,
+ mamath.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: manmac.tex
+Description: Macros used to typeset The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeXbook, book
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, shsu
+
+Name: mathmult.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multi-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1991
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathmult.doc, an
+ example file, mathmult.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathmult.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathsing.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: mathsing.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author mathematics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, mathematics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Oct 1990
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, mathsing.doc, an
+ example file, mathsing.dem, and a readme file. There is also a
+ file, mathsing.amm, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern
+ (AM) fonts.
+See also: amamult.cmm, lmamult.sty, mathmult.cmm, mathsing.sty
+
+Name: memo.tex
+Description: Generate a memo banner.
+Keywords: plain TeX, memo
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mftmac.tex
+Description: Special macros for use with MFT output.
+Keywords: plain TeX, METAFONT, MFT
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: mhack.tex
+Description: plain TeX code for producing margin notes.
+Keywords: plain TeX, margin notes
+Author: Norman Walsh <walsh@cs.umass.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Sep 1991
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: model.tex
+Description: Rudimentary document style for ACM proceedings
+Keywords: plain TeX, ACM, proceedings
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mrecog.tex
+Description: Mathmode control-sequence recognition for TeX/LaTeX.
+ Allows math formulas to be typed as, for example, "$cos(pi log
+ phi)\,d phi$" rather than "$\cos(\pi \log \phi)\,d \phi$".
+Keywords: plain TeX, math
+Author: Robert H. Wentworth <rhw@hoh-1.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1 (beta), 26 Jun 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: mssymb.tex
+Description: Defines names for all the math symbols in the old AMS fonts
+ (msxm and msym). Obsolete. Use amssym.tex instead.
+Keywords: plain TeX, amsfonts, mathfonts, AMS
+Author:
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete.
+See also: amssym.def, amssym.tex, amssymbols.sty, amsfonts.sty,
+ amssymb.sty, msam.sty, msbm.sty, amssymbl.sty
+
+Name: multihead.tex
+Description: Multiple line header for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, header
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: multip.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Mar 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multip.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: multpghb.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ multiple-author physics books in the so-called "GHB" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ multi-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 12 Dec 1988
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, multip.doc, and an
+ example file, multip.dem. There is also a file, multpghb.amm, for
+ typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM) fonts.
+
+Name: newinsert.tex
+Description: Bug fixes to plain TeX macros \midinsert and \topinsert.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, inserts, figures
+Author: Walter Neumann <neumann@mps.ohio-state.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Apr 1990
+Archives: shape.mps.ohio-state.edu:ftp/pub/osutex/OSUDEG/tools*
+ [128.146.7.200], ymir
+
+Name: nofill.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for preserving line breaks and spaces in
+ lines of text.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, nofill
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: null.tex
+Description: Empty TeX file. Useful when TeX prompts you for a file
+ name and you don't want to provide a real file.
+
+Name: outline.sty
+Description: Reads structured files generated by PC-OUTLINE and formats
+ them in plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outline
+Author: Hal R. Varian
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Sep 1987
+Archives: ymir, shsu
+
+Name: paragraphs.tex
+Description: Demonstrates various combinations of \everypar, \hangafter,
+ \hangindent, \indent, \lastbox, \noindent and \parindent.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: phoncard.tex
+Description: Formats a list of phone numbers into 9x9 blocks.
+Keywords: plain TeX, phonelist
+Author: Daniel R. Greening <dgreen@cs.ucla.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 2 Jun 1992
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Author will incorporate bug fixes if supplied, but will not fix
+ bugs himself.
+
+Name: PJour2g
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for articles in
+ Springer-Verlag Heidelberg journals with two-column layout. Variant
+ of PJour2 (g=general).
+Keywords: plain TeX, article, two-column
+Author: NTP Dept., Springer-Verlag Heidelberg <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest version: 1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+See also: PJour2
+
+Name: picmac.tex
+Description: Macros for drawing simple pictures in plain TeX. This is a
+ subset of LaTeX's picture environment, with added support for
+ quadratic splines.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+
+Name: pjour1.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 1-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour1.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour1.ref), the macro file (pjour1.mac), a readme
+ file, and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour2
+
+Name: pjour2.zip
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ various 2-column journals.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, Springer-Verlag, PostScript,
+ journal, mathematics, physics, chemistry, computer science, OR,
+ shock waves, geodesy
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file (pjour2.doc), a
+ reference card (pjour2.ref), the macro file (pjour2.mac), a readme
+ file and an installation routine for MS-DOS. For each journal there
+ are three example files (*.dem); two of them are files with the
+ macros for the head ready to "fill in" the text (*.big, and *.tex),
+ and a file (*.ini) with the journal specifics. To be used as TeX
+ format file, which saves interpretation time at the average run.
+See also: pjour1
+
+Name: plain.tex
+Description: plain TeX format as described in The TeXbook.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fmt, TeXbook
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.141
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, utrecht, aston, shsu
+
+Name: plncs.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for producing
+ camera-ready copy for the Lecture Notes in Computer Science series.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ LNCS, multi-author, book
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, plncs.doc, and an
+ example file, plncs.dem.
+
+Name: plotting.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for plotting x-y graphs.
+Keywords: plain TeX, graphics
+Author: Laurence G. Yaffe <lgy@newton.phys.washington.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: reference.tex
+Description: Provides rudimentary support for a list of references with
+ labels and crossreferences.
+Keywords: plain TeX, xrefs, bibliography
+Author: B. A. Leland (XHEMIA:BAL)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.1, 6/27/86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: btxmac.tex
+
+Name: resume.tex
+Description: Resume document style for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: <parker@oz> (Lynne Parker <parker@rice-chex.mit.edu>??)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Jan 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: resumemac.tex
+Description: Resume macro file for plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, resume
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: Includes sample file, sample_resume.tex.
+
+%% Name: rightfig.mac
+
+Name: rotate.tex
+Description: Macros for rotating and flipping a TeX box.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, dvips
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 4 Nov 1990
+Author: Tomas Rokicki <rokicki@neon.stanford.edu>
+Archives: labrea*, ymir
+Note: rotate.tex is part of the dvips distribution.
+See also: rotate.sty
+
+Name: scmac.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, scripts, drama
+Author: Na Choon Piaw
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.02, 1989
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Also called scmac202.tex.
+
+Name: scorecard.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for printing a baseball scorecard for one
+ team, as well as summary statistics boxes (Pitcher's stats, Offense,
+ Defense, and Pitching miscellanea, a Notes section, and a line
+ score).
+Keywords: plain TeX, baseball
+Author: Matthew Wall <matt@cs.brandeis.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Apr 1989
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: setstrut.tex
+Description: Automatic strut computation.
+Keywords: plain TeX, strut
+Author: Stephan v. Bechtolsheim
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: singlep.cmm
+Description: Official Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ single-author physics books.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ single-author, book, physics
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: May 1989
+Archives: dhdspri6*
+Note: The package comes with a documentation file, singlep.doc, and two
+ example files, singlep1.dem and singlep2.dem. There is also a file,
+ singlep.am, for typsetting with the (obsolete) Almost Modern (AM)
+ fonts.
+
+Name: split.tex
+Description: Defines macros which takes two pieces of text and boxes
+ them side by side.
+Keywords: plain TeX, box
+Author: Eric Skinner <ers2f@uottawa.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: stables.tex
+Description: Macros for producing tables with plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Robert Nilsson <ranhelp@venus.tamu.edu>,
+ <ranhelp@tamvenus1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0
+Archives: ymir, utrecht
+See also: stables_doc.tex
+Note: Includes documentation, stables_doc.tex.
+
+Name: sterne.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ the "Handbuch f\"ur Sternfreunde".
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 22 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package
+
+Name: sw.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ camera-ready copy for the journal Shock Waves.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+ journal, multi-column, two-column
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v0.9, 4 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the PJour2 package
+
+%% Name: tabledoc.tex
+%% Description: Documentation for tables.tex
+%% Keywords: plain TeX, tables, documentation
+%% Author: Ray F. Cowan
+%% Latest Version: 22 Feb 85
+%% Archives: ymir
+%% Note: Note tables.tex on ymir?
+
+Name: tables.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, table
+Author: Michael Ferguson <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1986
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tbemacros.tex
+Description: Some new commands defined in the book "TeX by Example,"
+ (copyright (c) 1992, Academic Press).
+Keywords: plain TeX
+Author: Arvind Borde
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: shsu, stuttgart, aston
+Note: There is also a file of examples, called tbesamples.tex.
+
+Name: tech-erg.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Ergebnisse" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-ghb.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Grosshandbuch" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: tech-std.cmm
+Description: Obsolete Springer-Verlag plain TeX macros for typesetting
+ articles for Technik using the "Stodola" format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, publisher style, camera-ready, Springer-Verlag,
+Author: Springer-Verlag <springer@dhdspri6.bitnet>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Nov 1988
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolete. Superseded by the CPMoMu01 package.
+
+Name: testfont.tex
+Description: TeX program for displaying font tables.
+Keywords: plain TeX, fontchart
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+See also: fontchart.tex, fontbl.tex
+
+Name: theapa.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for use with the theapa BibTeX
+ bibliography style (theapa.bst).
+Keywords: plain TeX, BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0 Apr 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+See also: theapa.sty, theapa.bst
+Note: theapa.tex is not compatible with btxmac.tex. A compatible
+ version may be available upon request.
+
+Name: toc.mac
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a Table of Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TOC
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.tex
+
+Name: toc.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for automatically generating a Table of
+ Contents.
+Keywords: plain TeX, autoTOC
+Author: Dan Zirin
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Archives: ymir
+See also: autotoc.tex, toc.mac
+
+Name: treedef.tex
+Description: A macro to make aligned (horizontal) trees in TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tree
+Author: David Eppstein
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: Feb 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: Described in TUGboat, vol. 6 (1985), no. 1, pp. 31--35.
+
+Name: tgrindmac.tex
+Description: Macros for TeX "tgrind" (a TeX equivalent of UNIX 4bsd
+ "vgrind").
+Keywords: plain TeX, tgrind
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.4, 30 Mar 1985
+Author: Van Jacobson <van@lbl-rtsg.arpa>
+Archives:
+See also: tgrind.sty
+
+Name: tugboat.cmn
+Description: Macros which are common to both the plain and LaTeX style
+ files for TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, common macros
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.10, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty
+Note: Previously named tugboat.com, but renamed to avoid conflicts
+ with an MS-DOS naming convention. Please delete any files named
+ tugboat.com.
+
+Name: tugbot.sab
+Description: Supplementary definitions for abbreviations and logos that
+ appear in TUGboat.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1989
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; content incorporated into tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugboat.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for preparing an article for TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TeX Users Group, TUGboat,
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.11, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+Note: Requires tugboat.cmn
+See also: ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+
+Name: tugbot.sty
+Description: TeX macros for preparing a document in TUGboat format.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 8 Jul 87
+Archives:
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete; superseded by tugboat.sty
+
+Name: tugbot.tex
+Description: Model "top-level" file for TUGboat article
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, TUGboat
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: 18 Aug 85
+Archives: ymir
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, tugproc.sty, ltugproc.sty,
+ tugboat.cmn
+Note: Obsolete
+
+Name: tugproc.sty
+Description: plain TeX macros for the Proceedings issues of TUGboat, the
+ Communications of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, proceedings
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.09, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+See also: tugboat.sty, ltugboat.sty, ltugproc.sty, tugboat.cmn
+Note: Requires tugboat.sty and tugboat.cmn.
+
+Name: unouter.tex
+Description: Removes the concept of \outer from plain TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, outer
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Nov 1988
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: varindent.tex
+Description: Macros for making the indentation of each paragraph match
+ the length of the preceding line.
+Keywords: plain TeX, paragraph
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: no versions
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbatim.mac
+Description: Support for verbatim listing of TeX source code. Lifted
+ from tugbot.sty and ultimately derived from manmac.tex.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: verbtim2.tex
+Description: Produce verbatim listings of various sorts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, verbatim, vrbinput
+Author: Tim Morgan <morgan@uci-icsa>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: fortran.tex, list.tex, llist.tex, vrbinput.sty, verbatim.sty,
+ misc.sty, lcustom.tex
+
+Name: web9pt.tex
+Description: ???
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: webmac.tex
+Description: standard macros for formatting WEB listings.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: WEBMAC4.0
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: webmacss.tex
+Description: Modifies standard webmac macros to print Pascal text in
+ sans-serif type.
+Keywords: plain TeX, WEB, tangle, weave
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Aug 1987
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: webmac.tex
+
+Name: weirdtitle.tex
+Description: A weird title macro.
+Keywords: plain TeX, weird
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Author:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xrcs.tex
+Description: Tex interface to the RCS Revision Control System.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, RCS
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.25, 28 Jan 1992 [beta]
+Archives: aston, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+
+%%Section 8.1: The New Font Selection Scheme for plain TeX
+
+%% Name: driver.tex
+%% Name: plainfsl.doc
+%% Name: plainfsl.tex
+%% Name: readme.plf
+%% Name: scripts.doc
+%% Name: xxxlfont.doc
+
+
+%%Section 8.2: Newsletter Macros
+
+Name: newsletr.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting a newsletter. Includes
+ support for multiple columns.
+Keywords: plain TeX, newsletter, multi-column
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v01-014, 3 Jun 1989
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: italic.tex
+Description: Defines macros for typeset text in italics and
+ automatically insert italic corrections when necessary
+Keywords: LaTeX, font
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 21 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, italic.sty.
+
+Name: quote.tex
+Description: TeX macros to make " expand into either `` or '' depending
+ on context.
+Keywords: plain TeX, quote marks
+Author: Hunter Goatley <goathunter@wkuvx1.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 Aug 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX document-style option, quote.sty.
+
+
+%%Section 8.3: ScriptTeX
+
+Name: ScriptTeX
+Description: ScriptTeX is a plain TeX-based macro package for
+ typesetting screenplays and scripts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 October 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+Note: ScriptTeX comes with a user's manual, stdoc.tex, and a
+ demonstration file, stdemo.tex.
+
+Name: screenplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a screenplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, screenplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: stageplay.tex
+Description: ScriptTeX format for producing a stageplay.
+Keywords: plain TeX, ScriptTeX, script, stageplay
+Author: Adrian McCarthy <adrian@lexcel.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.03, 24 Oct 1991
+Archives: ymir*
+
+
+%%Section 9: SLITEX
+
+%%Section 9.1: Standard Distribution
+
+Name: slitex.tex
+Description: SliTeX is a version of LaTeX for making black-and-white or
+ color slides. It is part of the standard LaTeX distribution.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.09, 25 Mar 1992
+Archives:
+Note: SliTeX is documented in Appendix A of the LaTeX manual.
+
+Name: sfonts.tex
+Description: The Old Font Selection Scheme for SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, OFSS
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart*, shsu
+
+Name: slides.sty
+Description: The standard document-style option for producing slides
+ with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jan 1986
+Archives:
+
+Name: splain.tex
+Description: A modified version of plain.tex for use with SliTeX.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Leslie Lamport
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 25 Mar 92
+Archives:
+
+
+%%Section 9.2: Other SliTeX Files
+
+Name: xxxslides.sty
+Description: Miscellaneous modifications of slides.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX, slides
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.04, 28 Aug 1986
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart, aston, utrecht
+
+
+%%Section 10: PHYSE
+
+Name: physe.tex
+Description: PHYS-TeX is a macro package for writing physics papers.
+ Support is included for automatic numbering of chapters, sections,
+ ..., appendices, pages, footnotes, equations, figures, references
+ and tables. Also provides supports for tables of contents and lists
+ of figures, tables and references.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics, autonumbering
+Author: P. Breitenlohner and A. Kabelschacht; Max-Planck-Institute f\"ur
+ Physik and Astrophysik; Werner-Heisenberg-Institute f\"ur Physik;
+ P.O. Box 40 12 12; Munich, Germany
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, March 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: A user's manual, physe.doc, is included.
+See also: physupdt.tex
+
+Name: physupdt.tex
+Description: Modifications and updates to PHYS-TeX version 1.0.
+Keywords: PHYS-TeX, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 11: PHYZZX
+
+Name: phyzzx.tex
+Description: PHYZZX is a macro package designed to make typing papers
+ for Physical Review or Nuclear Physics as simple as possible.
+ Support is given for cross-references, automatic numbering of
+ sections and equations, footnotes, itemized lists, and numbered
+ references, tables and figures.
+Keywords: PHYZZX, physics
+Author: Vadim Kaplunovsky and M. Weinstein; Stanford Linear Accelerator
+ Center; Stanford University; Stanford, CA 94309
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Apr 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: phyzdoc.tex is a user's manual; myphyx.tex is an example of how to
+ modify the default PHYZZX format. The font definitions for PHYZZX
+ are contained in the file phyzzx.fonts. phyzzx.local is an example
+ of site-dependent macros.
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+
+%%Section 12: TEXT1
+
+Name: text1.tex
+Description: TEXT1 is a macro package designed to provide many of the
+ functions found in LaTeX (multiple columns, tables of contents,
+ indexing, chapters, lists, boxes, margin notes, screening, etc.)
+ while simultaneously maintaining full compatibility with plain TeX
+ and making it easy to modify formats.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, index
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: A user's manual for TEXT1 can be ordered from the following
+ address: TEXT1 Distribution; Computing Service Center; Washington
+ State University; Pullman, WA 99164-1220; USA. The TEXT1 macros are
+ split across many files. Only the main files are listed in this
+ Index. In addition to the macro files, the TEXT1 packages comes
+ with an index processor, texix, written in WEB, with change files
+ for CMS, VMS and the Macintosh operating system.
+
+Name: txt1v407.tex
+Description: The main TEXT1 macros.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4.07, 2 Aug 1992
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: fixcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the fixed
+ mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: flexcol.tex
+Description: TEXT1 macros for two and three-column formats in the
+ flexible mode.
+Keywords: TEXT1, plain TeX, multi-column
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1989
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+
+Name: letter.texinput
+Description: Sample letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1 Apr 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, letter.texmodel.
+
+Name: memo.texinput
+Description: Sample memo format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, memo
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Aug 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, memo.texmodel.
+
+Name: mergetxt.texinput
+Description: Sample merge letter format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, letter, formletter
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 20 Apr 1990
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes demonstration files, mergelet.texmodel,
+ mergelst.texmodel, mergetxt.texmodel.
+
+Name: paper.texinput
+Description: Sample student paper format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, paper
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 16 Nov 1986
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, paper.texmodel.
+
+Name: resume.texinput
+Description: Sample resume format for TEXT1.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, resume
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Jun 1988
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, resume.texmodel.
+
+Name: thesis.texinput
+Description: TEXT1 format for Washington State University graduate
+ school theses.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TEXT1, thesis
+Author: Dean Guenther <guenther@wsuvm1.bitnet>,
+ <guenther@tigger.csc.wsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 15 Jun 1987
+Archives: cougar.csc.wsu.edu* [134.121.1.2], ymir
+Note: Includes a model input file, thesis.texmodel.
+
+
+%%Section 13: TEXSIS
+
+Name: texsis.tex
+Description: \TeX sis is a collection of \TeX\ macros for typesetting
+ physics documents such as papers and preprints, conference
+ proceedings, books, theses, referee reports, letters, and memos.
+ \TeX sis macros provide automatic numbering of equations, automatic
+ numbering and formatting of references, double column formatting,
+ macros for making tables and figures, with or without captions,
+ including tables with horizontal and vertical rules. \TeX sis
+ supports a wide variety of type sizes and a number of specialized
+ document formats, and it even includes macros for making form
+ letters for job applications or letters of recommendation.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, fmt
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes a user's manual (Manual.tex), a UNIX man page (texsis.1),
+ installation notes (INSTALL and Install.tex), a README file, a GNU
+ emacs mode (texsis.el) and an example paper (Example.tex). For
+ support for an index, see index.tex.
+
+Name: AIP.txs
+Description: American Institute of Physics style file for TeXsis.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, AIP
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: CVformat.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Curriculum Vitae.
+Keywords: TeXsis, resume
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 7 Nov 1985
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: Elsevier.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for North Holland publications.
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: IEEE.txs
+Description: IEEE proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, IEEE
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: mtexsis.tex
+Description: The core set of TeXsis macros in a form designed to be used
+ by casual users to print out new physics papers without having to
+ install all of TeXsis. (Do you want to specifically mention the
+ bulletin boards?)
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 3 Aug 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: nuclproc.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Nuclear Physics proceedings
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: PhysRev.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for Physical Reviews.
+Keywords: TeXsis, physics, journal, Physical Review
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 30 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+See also: revtex.sty
+
+Name: ruled.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for typesetting tables with horizontal and
+ vertical rules.
+Keywords: plain TeX, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 17 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: Includes documentation, ruleddoc.tex. These macros are
+ incorporated into TeXsis (q.v.), but may be used independently of
+ that package. On the other hand, some of the documentation still
+ requires TeXsis.
+
+Name: Tablebody.txs
+Description: TeXsis macros for making simple ruled tables. Obsolete:
+ Use ruled.tex instead.
+Keywords: TeXsis, tables
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v2.15, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+Note: These macros are included for backward compatability and will
+ eventually be phased out.
+
+Name: thesis.txs
+Description: TeXsis style file for theses. Includes two variants,
+ \Yalethesis for Yale Graduate School theses and \UTthesis for
+ University of Texas theses.
+Keywords: TeXsis, thesis
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.15, 19 Jun 1992
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+Name: WorldSci.txs
+Description: World Scientific proceedings style file for TeXsis
+Keywords: TeXsis, proceedings
+Author: Eric Myers and Frank E. Paige <texsis@lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.14, 9 Jul 1991
+Archives: lifshitz.ph.utexas.edu* [128.83.131.57]
+
+
+%%Section 14: YTEX
+
+Name: YTeX
+Description: YTeX is a TeX macro package which provides support for some
+ of the document structuring and page layout commands of packages
+ such as LaTeX but in a purportedly more flexible (but less
+ well-specified) manner.
+Keywords: yTeX, fmt
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 1986
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The main macros are split among the files ybase.mac, yfonts.mac,
+ yuser.mac. A user's manual, yusage.tex, is provided.
+
+Name: plain-cm.tex
+Description: Extends the plain TeX format to include support for font
+ sizes 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 14, 16, 18.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Daniel C. Brotsky <bug-ytex@ai.mit.edu> and BKPH and RAY
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Jul 86
+Archives: ymir
+See also: 7point.tex, 8point.tex, 9point.tex, 10pointss.tex,
+ 11point.tex, 12point.tex, 14point.tex, 17point.tex, 20point.tex
+
+Name: ytex.ieee
+Description: YTeX macros to generate IEEE style papers.
+Keywords: YTeX, IEEE, article
+Author: Michael A. Gennert <michaelg@wpi-cs.wpi.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+
+%%Section 15: GENERIC MACROS
+
+Name: 2up.tex/2up.sty
+Description: (Generic) TeX macros for printing a document two-up.
+Keywords: output, two-up
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 28 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: anti.tex
+Description: A TeX macro for typesetting a superscripted antiparticle.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, physics, antiparticle
+Author: Rich Holmes <rich@suhep.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1/88
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: apldef.tex
+Description: This file defines the 2-letter control sequences for using
+ the font cmapl10 to typeset APL program code
+Keywords: TeX, generic, font, APL
+Author: Aarno Hohti <hohti@finfun.bitnet> and Okko Kanerva
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Nov 1987
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+Note: cmapl10 was described in TUGboat 8(3), November 1987.
+
+Name: blackdvi.tex
+Description: Style files for disabling the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.tex (q.v.) to allow easy black/white printing.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, colordvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: BoxedArt.tex
+Description: TeX macros for use on Macintoshes with TeXtures or OzTeX,
+ assisted by a preprocessor called ArtDealer. Aims to speed the
+ process of including PICT and PostScript graphics in TeX
+ documents.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, PostScript, EPSF
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: There is a documentation file, BoxedArt.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: BoxedEPS.tex
+Description: Highly portable macros for including EPSF files in a TeX
+ document in a device-driver-independent way.
+Keywords: TeX, PostScript, EPSF, PostScript
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann <lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Sep 1992
+Note: This is subset of the larger, but less portable, system
+ BoxedArt.tex. There is a documentation file, BoxedEPS.doc.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], rsovax.circe.fr
+ [130.84.128.100], stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: colordvi.tex
+Description: Style file for putting color in FoilTeX, LaTeX, or any
+ other TeX documents. It use device independent (but driver
+ dependent) \special keywords and syntax. Fully compatible with
+ Rokicki's dvips driver and TeXView on the NeXT. Blackdvi.tex (q.v.)
+ can be is used to no-op all the color macros defined in
+ colordvi.[tex,sty] for easy black/white printing. The color names
+ are generally derived from the Crayola crayon box of 64 colors.
+Keywords: FoilTeX, dvips, color
+Author: James (Jim) Hafner, IBM Research Division, Almaden Research
+ Center <hafner@almaden.ibm.com> or <hafner@almaden.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Aug 1992
+Archives: ymir, aston, stuttgart
+See also: FoilTeX, blackdvi.tex
+Note: This file is a duplicate (or should be) of the file with the same
+ name distributed with Rokicki's dvips driver. They are included
+ here with his permission. Parts of FoilTeX have been built with
+ colordvi.tex and blackdvi.tex in mind so it is fully compatible with
+ that driver for multicolor one-pass printing. New versions from
+ Rokicki should always take precedence over those distributed with
+ FoilTeX.
+
+Name: compare.tex
+Description: A TeX macro to compare two strings.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, string comparison
+Author: \'Eamonn McManus <emcmanus@gr.osf.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: cropmark.tex
+Description: TeX macros which redefine \shipout to place cropmarks on
+ the page.
+Keywords: cropmark
+Author: Victor Eijkhout <eijkhout@cs.utk.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu
+See also: pageframe.sty, quire.tex
+
+Name: dayofweek.tex
+Description: TeX macro for calculating the day of week and the phase of
+ the moon.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, calendar, dow, pom
+Author: Martin Minow <minow%bolt.dec@decwrl.dec.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: dates.sty, dow.tex
+
+Name: daytime.sty
+Description: TeX macros for printing the time of day.
+Keywords: TeX, generic, time
+Author: Mauro Orlandini <orlandini@heasrc.gsfc.nasa.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: misc.sty
+
+%% Name: defstring.tex
+
+Name: diagrams.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing rectangular category-theory diagrams
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, category-theory
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 17 Dec 1990
+Archives:
+
+Name: dow.tex
+Description: TeX macro to calculate the day of the week.
+Keywords: LaTeX, calendar, dow, date
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+See also: dates.sty, dayofweek.tex
+
+Name: emtrees.tex
+Description: TeX macros to typeset trees using \special commands
+ implemented by emTeX.
+Keywords: TeX, emTeX, tree
+Author: Harald Boegeholz <hwb@texnix.stgt.sub.org>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: endnote.tex
+Description: TeX macros for producing endnotes.
+Keywords: generic, endnotes
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, aston
+
+Name: epigram.tex
+Description: TeX macro for typesetting epigrams.
+Keywords: generic, epigram
+Author: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir*
+
+Name: fakebold.tex
+Description: The poor man's bold macro from Appendix D of the TeXbook.
+Keywords: generic, TeXbook, pmb
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: hep.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting Dirac's bracket notation and
+ "normal ordered" products.
+Keywords: generic, physics
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: inscrutable.tex
+Description: An inscrutable TeX program dedicated to the perl hackers.
+Keywords: TeX, perl
+Author: Andrew Marc Greene <amgreene@athena.mit.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 7 Feb 91
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: ipamacs.tex
+Description: TeX macros for typesetting using the Washington State
+ University International Phonetic Alphabet fonts (wsuipa).
+Keywords: TeX, IPA, font
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir, stuttgart
+
+Name: laps.tex
+Description: TeX macros for vertical "laps" similar to \llap and \rlap.
+Keywords: generic
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: latin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.3, 8 Aug 1991
+Note: Obsolete: Superseded by xlatin1.tex (q.v.)
+
+%% Name: maybeload.tex
+
+Name: multido.tex/multido.sty
+Description: A loop macro with fixed-point addition. Useful for pictures.
+Keywords: generic, loop, fixed-point, picture, graphics, programming
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 06 Nov 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu, utrecht,
+ stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, multido.doc, which may be
+ appended to the end of multido.tex on some archives.
+
+Name: prooftree.tex
+Description: Build proof tree for Natural Deduction, Sequent Calculus,
+ etc., with shortening of proof rules! (preliminary)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 17 Aug 1990
+Author: Paul Taylor <pt@doc.ic.ac.uk>
+Archives:
+
+Name: psfig.tex
+Description: TeX macros for including Encapsulated PostScript graphics
+ in a TeX document.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, epsf, PostScript, dvips, dvi2ps
+Author: Trevor J. Darrell <trevor@media.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.9, 17 Oct 1991
+Archives: whitechapel.media.mit.edu* [18.85.0.125], shsu, aston
+Note: Also available as a LaTeX style file, psfig.sty.
+
+Name: pstricks.tex
+Description: PostScript (color, graphics, etc.) macros for (Generic)
+ TeX.
+Keywords: PostScript, color, graphics, trees, rotation
+Author: Timothy Van Zandt <tvz@Princeton.EDU>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.92, 2 Oct 1992
+Archives: princeton.edu* [128.112.128.1], ymir, shsu
+
+Name: quotation.tex
+Description: Defines a simple macro for typesetting short quotations
+ with an attribution.
+Keywords: generic, quotation
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+%% Name: redefine.tex
+
+Name: selectpage.tex
+Description: prints out selected pages of a TeX document.
+Keywords: generic, output
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 2 Jul 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shadebox.tex
+Description: Macros for printing text on top of shaded boxes on
+ PostScript devices.
+Keywords: generic, PostScript, dvips
+Author: <Leo@vaxc.cc.monash.edu.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: tex.logos
+Description: Definitions of the TeXMaG, LaTeX, AmSTeX, SliTeX and PicTeX
+ logos.
+Keywords: generic, logos
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: texnames.sty
+
+Name: time.tex (.sty)
+Description: Defines a macro, \now, which produces the current time in
+ the format hh:mm A.M./P.M.
+Keywords: generic, time
+Author: Sunando Sen <sens@nyuacf.bitnet>, <sens@acfcluster.nyu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 6 Jan 1992
+Archives: shsu
+
+Name: TreeTeX.tex
+Description: TeX macros for drawing binary and unary-binary trees, using
+ a modification of an algorithm of Reingold and Tilford.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, binary trees
+Author: Anne Brueggemann-Klein <brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de>
+ and Derick Wood.
+Supported: Yes (bug fixes only)
+Latest Version: 2.3
+Archives: fidji.informatik.uni-freiburg.de* [132.230.30.80]
+Note: The package contains a readme file, a file classes.tex, which
+ includes a small library of classes of trees, and a file l_pic.tex,
+ which includes the subset of the LaTeX macros that are required by
+ the TreeTeX package if used with TeX. Documentation is available
+ from the authors in printed form, free of charge. Write to Dr. Anne
+ Brueggemann-Klein; Institut fuer Informatik; Universitaet Freiburg;
+ Rheinstr. 10--12; 7800 Freiburg; Germany, or send e-mail to
+ brueggemann@informatik.uni-freiburg.de.
+
+Name: underl.tex
+Description: Macro for underlining text.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+See also: xunderl.tex
+
+Name: undertilde.tex
+Description: Macro for putting a tilde under a character.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: weekday.sty
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the day of the week from a given
+ date.
+Keywords: generic, calendar
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com> and George D. Greenwade
+ <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 21 Feb 1991
+Archives: shsu*
+
+Name: wiggly.tex
+Description: TeX macro for drawing variable length wiggly lines
+ horizontally under its argument in the same way as \underbar.
+Keywords: generic, accent
+Author: John S. Garavelli
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Dec 1987
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: xlatin1.tex
+Description: Interpret the full ISO Latin1 (8859-1) input character set
+ for TeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, font
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1.25 1992/01/28
+Archives: ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]* [/pub/TeX/misc/xppt*]
+
+Name: xunderl.tex
+Description: Improved version of the macro in underl.tex.
+Keywords: TeX, underlining, emphasis
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Jan 1991
+Archives: ymir
+See also: underl.tex
+
+Name: xypic.tex
+Description: Macros for typesetting diagrams.
+Keywords: plain TeX, AMS-TeX, LaTeX, XY-pic, diagrams, graphics,
+ commutative diagrams.
+Author: Kristoffer H. Rose <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.6, 24 Jun 1992
+Note: Comes with extensive documentation (xypicman.doc) which requires
+ AMS-TeX version 2.1 to format. (The manual is also distributed
+ preformatted.) XY-pic also requires several special fonts
+ (xyatip10.mf, xybtip10.mf, xyline10.mf, xymisc10.mf, xyqc10.mf)
+ which are distributed with the package. Numerous other files are
+ also included.
+Archives: aston, stuttgart, utrecht, shsu, ftp.diku.dk [129.142.96.1]*
+ [/pub/TeX/misc/xypic*]
+
+Name: zip.tex
+Description: Macros for making a barcode for a ZIP code.
+Keywords: TeX, zip, barcode
+Author: J. Daniel Smith
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 24 May 1990
+Archives: ymir
+See also: env.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.1: Midnight Macros
+
+Name: border.tex
+Description: Macros to typeset borders around pieces of text. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, borders, frames
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 21 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file border.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dolines.tex
+Description: Macros to help in defining macros whose arguments are
+ separated by newlines and by empty lines. Part of the Midnight
+ macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, newlines, lines, line breaks
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 15 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file dolines.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: gloss.tex
+Description: Macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive
+ sentences. Part of the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, glossing, linguistics
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Nov 1990
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file gloss.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: labels.tex
+Description: Macros to print address labels and bulk letters. Part of
+ the Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, envelope, mailing labels
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 24 Oct 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file labels.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: address.tex, label.tex, make-env.tex
+
+Name: loop.tex
+Description: A simple looping construct (meta-macros). Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, midnight, loop
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 26 Jun 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file loop.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: quire.tex
+Description: Macros for making booklets, printing double pages, and
+ printing outlines and crop marks. Part of the Midnight macros
+ package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, book, cropmark, output
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 19 Jan 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file quire.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: pageframe.sty, cropmark.tex
+
+Name: styledef.tex
+Description: Macros to selectively input parts of a file. Part of the
+ Midnight macros package.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, midnight, modularity
+Author: Marcel van der Goot <marcel@cs.caltech.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 16 Apr 1991
+Note: Documentation is provided in the file styledef.doc.
+Archives: csvax.cs.caltech.edu* [131.215.131.131], utrecht, shsu, ymir,
+ stuttgart, aston
+See also: module.sty
+
+
+%%Section 15.2: PicTeX
+
+Name: pictex.tex
+Description: PicTeX is a macro package for drawing pictures under plain
+ TeX or LaTeX. A manual is available from the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics
+Author: Michael Wichura
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 21 Sep 1987
+Note: The PicTeX distribution includes the following files:
+ latexpicobjs.tex, piclatex.sty, postpictex.tex, prepictex.tex.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: texpictex.tex
+Description: Macros to modify PicTeX to draw lines by using tpic
+ specials. (This removes the restriction on the slopes and lengths
+ of lines.)
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, tpic, dvips
+Author: Dirk Grunwald <grunwald@cs.colorado.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: tree.sty
+Description: Macros for drawing binary trees with PiCTeX.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, PicTeX, graphics, binary trees
+Author: Edward M. Reingold <reingold@cs.uiuc.edu> and Nachum Dershowitz
+ <nachum@cs.uiuc.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 2 Apr 1992
+Archives: emr.cs.uiuc.edu:/pub/tex* [128.174.246.26]
+
+
+%%Section 16: HEBREW TEX
+
+Name: TeX-Xet
+Description: A modification of TeX with support for typesetting in
+ languages which read from right to left.
+Keywords: Hebrew
+Author: Donald E. Knuth and Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v3.0
+Archives: huji
+
+Name: heb_macros.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the Old
+ Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_newcode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the New
+ Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: heb_macros_pccode.tex
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for typesetting Hebrew with the PC
+ system of Hebrew Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebcal.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the Old Code (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Michail Rozman <misha@iop.tartu.ew.su>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal_newcode.sty
+
+Name: hebcal_newcode.sty
+Description: TeX and LaTeX macros for computing the Hebrew date from the
+ Gregorian date with the New Code (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv,
+ OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, LaTeX, Hebrew, calendar
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 10 Mar 1992
+Archives: huji*
+See also: hebcal.sty
+
+Name: hebrew.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the Old Code
+ (7 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+Name: hebrew_newcode.sty
+Description: LaTeX style file for typesetting Hebrew with the New Code
+ (8 bit) Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa, and DeadSea fonts.
+Keywords: TeX-XeT, TeX, Hebrew, OFSS
+Author: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il> and Sergio Fogel and Yael
+ Dubinsky and Yaniv Bargury
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.2
+Archives: huji*
+
+
+%%Section 17: HYPHENATION PATTERNS
+
+%% This section is particularly unsatisfactory. It needs much
+%% more work. -- dmj
+
+Name: czhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Czech.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Czech
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 8 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: eshyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Spanish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish
+Author: Armando Jinich, Maria Garza and Max Diaz <max@east.aurora.com>
+Supported:
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, ymir
+Note: Originally called silaba.tex.
+
+Name: f8hyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 8 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with 7 bit fonts?
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: fr8hyph.dc
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for French for use with the EC/DC
+ encoding.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, French, EC/DC
+Author: Jacques D'esarm'enien and Michael Ferguson
+ <mike@inrs-telecom.uquebec.ca>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 10 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ghyphen.max
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.max comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns.
+See also: ghyphen.min
+
+Name: ghyphen.min
+Description: Abbreviated hyphenation patterns for German for use with
+ PC's (presumably this is for use with TeX implementations with
+ little room for hyphenation patterns).
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, German
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 10 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: ghyphen.min comes with a list of words that are hyphenated
+ incorrectly by these patterns. The list is distributed in two
+ forms: The first (liste.min) marks all the hyphenation points of the
+ words, including incorrect hyphenation points, correct hyphenation
+ points not found by the patterns and correct hyphenation points
+ found the the patterns. The second (fehler.min) is a list in a form
+ suitable to be used as input to the \hyphenation command to provide
+ suitable hyphenation exceptions.
+See also: ghyphen.max
+
+Name: ghyphen3.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for German with umlauts. This is an
+ experimental version for testing the integration of umlauts and
+ `es-zett', but without `c-k'. Integration of 'es-zett' does n o t
+ mean hyphenation into s-s, but words containing 'es-zett' may be
+ hyphenated at different positions.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Norbert Schwarz <Norbert.Schwarz@ruba.rz.ruhr-uni-bochum.dbp.de
+ (X.400)>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.polish
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Polish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Polish
+Author: Hanna Ko{\l}odziejska
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: hyphen.tex (or ushyph1.tex)
+Description: The standard hyphenation patterns for American English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: Donald E. Knuth
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: labrea*, stuttgart
+See also: ushyph2.tex
+
+Name: ihyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Icelandic.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Icelandic
+Author: Jorgen Pind <jorgen@lexis.hi.is>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 30 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ithyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Italian
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation
+Author: G. Patergnani
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 4 Mar 1988
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: nehyph1.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Note: This seems to be a subset of nehyph2.tex.
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph2.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph2.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Dutch
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: <celex@hnympi52.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1989
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph3.tex
+
+Name: nehyph3.tex
+Description: A very short hyphenation file for Dutch.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Dutch
+Author: Peter Vanroose <peter@dit.lth.se>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart
+See also: nehyph1.tex, nehyph2.tex
+
+Name: portug.hyphen
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Portuguese.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Portuguese
+Author: Pedro J. de Rezende <derezende@northeastern.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 13 Feb 1987
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: rgrhyph.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for the modern Greek language, using
+ the reduced Greek fonts of Yannis Harambolous.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Greek
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1, 2 Mar 1990
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: rhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for Russian. These are designed to
+ work with the University of Washington Cyrillic fonts (wncyr) with
+ all ligatures disabled.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Russian, amsfonts
+Author: Dimitri Vulis <dlv@dm.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Note: These hyphenation patterns are described in "Notes on Russian
+ TeX," TUGboat 10(3):332--336, November 1989.
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: shyphen1.2.sh
+Description: Bourne shell script to generate hyphenation patterns for
+ Spanish for use with 7- and 8-bit fonts.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Spanish, EC/DC
+Author: Julio Sanchez <jsanchez@gmv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 25 Sep 1991
+Archives: goya.uu.es* [138.4.2.2]:info/src/TeX/spanish
+Note: This is a Bourne shell script that generates members of my
+ hyphenation pattern family. No standard members are provided, though
+ it is planned.
+
+Name: tkhypha.tex
+Description: Mechanically-generated hyphenation patterns for Turkish.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, Turkish
+Author: Pierre A. Mackay <mackay@cs.washington.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1987
+Note: These hyphenation patterns were described in "Turkish Hyphenations
+ for TeX," TUGboat 9(1):12--14, April 1988. The program which
+ generated the patterns, turk_hyf.c, is also available.
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ukhyphen.tex
+Description: Hyphenation patterns for UK English.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, UK English
+Author: Dominik Wujastyk <ucgadkw@ucl.ac.uk> and Graham Toal
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 17 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+Name: ushyph2.tex
+Description: Additional hyphenation patterns for American English, to be
+ used with hyphen.tex. Based on the Hyphenation Exception Log
+ published in TUGboat 10(3): 337-341, November 1989.
+Keywords: TeX, hyphenation, English
+Author: G. D. C. Kuiken <wbahkui@hdetud1.tudelft.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Mar 1990
+Archives: stuttgart
+
+
+%%Section 18: BIBTEX STYLES
+
+Name: abbrv.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. Author names, month names and journal names are
+ abbreviated. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: abstract.bst
+Description: This is a modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with
+ added support for the "abstract," "comment" and "keyword" fields.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Kotz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: acm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing ACM Transactions bibliographies.
+ A lot like abbrv.bst of the "plain" family (sorted alphabetically by
+ author and labeled with numbers, with author names, month names and
+ journal names abbreviated), but names come out "Last, initials", and
+ in \sc, and some dates are parenthesized.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, ACM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: acs.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for the journal Advances in Control Systems.
+ This is a modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: acsarticle.sty
+
+Name: agsm.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on J. Pitson's "Style Manual for authors
+ editors and printers of Australian government publications." It
+ supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and "(Williams
+ 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a
+ parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors
+ name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: alpha.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author with entry
+ labels like "Knu66" formed from the author's name and the year of
+ publication. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: amsalpha.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to alpha.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 12 Jun 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: amsplain.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style similar to plain.bst except that
+ it includes a "language" field to indicate the original language of
+ a reference.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, AMS-LaTeX, AMS, publisher style
+Author: American Mathematical Society <Tech-Support@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: e-math*
+
+Name: annotate.bst
+Description: Modified version of alpha.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annotate" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: annotation.bst
+Description: Modified version of plain.bst (q.v.) with added support
+ for an "annote" field.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported:
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apa.bst
+Description: This is a modification of apalike.sty (q.v.) which
+ incorporates features of Sake J. Hogeveen's astron.bst (q.v.).
+ The modifications implement a "\cite*" command, which generates
+ references in short form. For example, "Rogers \cite*{...}" would
+ produce "Rogers (1992)".
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan R. Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 27 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: apalike.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing citations of the form "(Jones,
+ 1986)" and without labels in the bibliography. Author (and editor)
+ names appear as last name, comma, initials.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99a, 24 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: asaetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style Am. Soc. of Agricultural Engineers
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 12 Feb 1992
+Archives: shsu
+Note: part of asaetr package (for TRANSACTIONS OF ASAE)
+See also: asaetr.sty, asaetr.tex, asaesub.sty, cmcscsl10.mf
+
+Name: btxbst.doc
+Description: The master file from which the standard BibTeX bibliography
+ styles (plain, unsrt, alpha and abbrv) are generated. Contains
+ extensive documentation of the code.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+See also: plain.bst, unsrt.bst. alpha.bst, abbrv.bst
+
+Name: cea.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for Computers and Electronics in Agriculture
+Keywords: BibTeX, LaTeX, style
+Author: Darrell McCauley <jdm5548@diamond.tamu.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.1, 13 Mar 1992
+Archives: shsu*
+See also: cea.sty
+Note: This is a hack and not official by Elsevier Sci Pub.
+
+Name: chicago.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style. Citations
+ formats include: "(author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name and
+ author-last-name year)"; "(author-last-name et al. year)";
+ "(author-last-name)"; "author-last-name"; "author-last-name (year)";
+ "(author-last-name and author-last-name)"; "(author-last-name et
+ al.)"; "(year)" or "(year,year)"; "year" or "year,year". The
+ reference list is sorted alphabetically by author.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+See also: chicagoa.bst, chicago.sty
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: chicagoa.bst
+Description: A BibTeX bibliography style that follows the `B' reference
+ style of the 13th Edition of the Chicago Manual of Style, like
+ chicago.bst, but also supports annotated bibliographies through the
+ BibTeX field `annotation'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, Chicago Manual of Style
+Author: Glenn Paulley <gnpaulle@bluebox.uwaterloo.ca>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v4, 28 August 1992
+Archives: shsu*, utah
+Note: This style must be used with chicago.sty.
+
+Name: dcu.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the conventions used by the Design
+ Computing Unit, Department of Architectural and Design Science,
+ University of Sydney. It supports citations of the form "Williams
+ (1992)" and "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is
+ used as a noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are
+ sorted by authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, kluwer.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: ieee.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bib (q.v.) for producing articles
+ according to the IEEE's instructions.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Feb 92
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ieeetran.sty
+
+Name: ieeetr.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing IEEE Transactions
+ bibliographies. Numeric labels, order-of-reference, IEEE
+ abbreviations, quotes around article titles, commas separate all
+ fields except after book titles and before "notes". Otherwise, much
+ like the "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, IEEE
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: ifac.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for references according to the instructions
+ of the International Federation of Automatic Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, proceedings, camera-ready, publisher
+ style
+Author: Silvano Balemi <balemi@aut.ethz.ch>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.3, 24 Jun 1992
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ifacarticle.sty
+
+Name: ijc.bst
+Description: Modified version of unsrt.bst (q.v.) for producing articles
+ for the International Journal of Control.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, journal
+Author: Silvano Balemi balemi@aut.ethz.ch
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 5 Jun 1991
+Archives: ifa.ethz.ch* [129.132.1.183], stuttgart
+See also: ijcarticle.sty
+
+Name: kluwer.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of Kluwer Academic
+ Publishers. It supports citations of the form "Williams (1992)" and
+ "(Williams 1992)", depending on whether the citation is used as a
+ noun or as a parenthetical note. Bibliography entries are sorted by
+ authors name.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter Williams <peterw@archsci.arch.su.oz.au>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 0.99a
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: This is part of the Harvard family of bibliography styles. The
+ family is described in "The Harvard Family of Bibliography Styles,"
+ distributed with the package in the file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, nederlands.bst, harvard.sty
+
+Name: named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "[author, year]" or "[year]" and provides access to the year
+ and author information in separate macros. Must be used in
+ conjunction with named.sty.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1988
+Archives: ymir
+Note: The most recent version of this file can be obtained by sending
+ mail to macros@aaai.org with subject "macros request".
+See also: named.sty
+
+Name: natsci.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style which produces citations of the
+ form "(Gildea, 1987)", as required by the Natural Sciences
+ bibliography format.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX 0.98
+Author: Stephen Gildea <gildea@erl.mit.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 08 Jan 87
+Archives: clarkson
+See also: natsci.sty
+Note: This will not work with BibTeX 0.99a or later.
+
+Name: nederlands.bst
+Description: BibTeX style based on the requirements of the department of
+ dutch of the University of Nijmegen, being more or less the standard
+ practice among (dutch) historians and linguists. It supports
+ citations of the form "Jansen (1992)" and "(Jansen 1992)" depending
+ on whether the citation is used as a noun or as a parenthetical
+ note. Bibliography entries are sorted by authors name following
+ Dutch (and german) rules (regarding the `von' part of the name).
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Werenfried Spit <Spit@vm.ci.uv.es>, <Spit@ific.uv.es>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.2, 22 Apr 1992
+Archives: archsci.arch.su.oz.au* [129.78.66.1], shsu
+Note: remarks regarding the layout are welcome. The main aim of the
+ style is to treat names regarding to dutch (and german) rules.
+ Variations of style could be provided. This is part of the Harvard
+ family of bibliography styles, which is described in "The Harvard
+ Family of Bibliography Styles," distributed with the package in the
+ file harvard.tex.
+See also: agsm.bst, dcu.bst, kluwer.bst, harvard.sty
+
+%% Name: paren.bst (mentioned in cup.sty)
+
+Name: plain.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are sorted alphabetically by author and labeled
+ with numbers. The entries are sorted more or less as suggested by
+ van Leunen in "A Handbook for Scholars."
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: siam.bst
+Description: BibTeX style for producing SIAM bibliographies. Numeric
+ labels, alphabetic order, Mathematical Reviews abbreviations, names
+ in \sc, titles in italics, book titles mixed upper-lower and article
+ titles lowercase, commas separate all fields except before "notes".
+ An author's name that is identical to the author's name of the
+ preceding entry is replaced by a rule. Otherwise, much like the
+ "plain" family, from which this is adapted.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, SIAM
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 29 Jan 1988
+Archives: labrea*
+
+Name: theapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX style file for producing citations with a very
+ flexible format. In particular, it can be used for citations of the
+ form "(Jones, 1986)" or "Jones (1986)". It supports most features
+ of the APA style.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography, APA
+Author: Young U. Ryu <ryoung@utdallas.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.5.1, May 1992
+Archives: shsu, ftp.cc.utexas.edu [192.12.26.23]:pub/young/
+Note: Requires theapa.tex (for plain TeX) or theapa.sty (for
+ LaTeX/AMS-LaTeX).
+
+Name: unsrt.bst
+Description: Standard BibTeX bibliography style for producing
+ bibliographies that are labeled with numbers and with entries that
+ appear in the order of their first citation.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Oren Patashnik <opbibtex@cs.stanford.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.99b, 23 Mar 1988
+Archives: labrea*, ymir, stuttgart, shsu, utrecht
+Note: This is one of the standard BibTeX styles described in the LaTeX
+ manual.
+
+Name: xppt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for use with the AMS-TeX amsppt
+ document style. xppt.bst emulates the standard bibliography styles
+ using the amsppt reference commands.
+Keywords: BibTeX, AMS-TeX, bibliography, amsppt
+Author: Hans Dybkjaer <dybkjaer@ruc.dk> and Kristoffer H. Rose
+ <kris@diku.dk>
+Supported: no [obsolete]
+Latest Version: v1.22, 17 Jan 1991
+Archives:
+Note: Obsolote: Superseded by xppt.tex (q.v.)
+
+
+%%Section 19: OTHER
+
+Name: deprocldc.tex
+Description: instructions for using deproc.sty to format DECUS proceedings
+ articles.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, DECUS, authors' guide
+Author: Barbara N. Beeton <bnb@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 24 Apr 86
+Archives: ymir
+
+Name: guidepro.tex (proceedings guidelines)
+Description: plain TeX instructions for TUG Proceedings. This file is the
+ source for the article Guidelines for Proceedings of the 1992 Annual
+ Meeting of the TeX Users Group.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, TUG proceedings, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.05, 8 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: LinoTeX
+Description: Selective typesetting mechanism for OzTeX and Textures on
+ Macintosh micros. Useful when random pieces of a long TeX
+ typescript require repeated testing, for example troublesome
+ formulas, and graphics being integrated or labelled.
+Keywords: TeX, Macintosh, selection, region, interactivity,
+Author: Laurent Siebenmann<lcs@matups.matups.fr>
+Supported: yes
+First Version: 1991
+Latest Version: June 1992
+Note: Uses both Macintosh system macros and TeX macros. A similar
+ mechanism has been available in some or all emacs TeX modes.
+Archives: matups.matups.fr* [192.54.146.4], stuttgart
+
+Name: tubguide.tex (tugboat author guidelines)
+Description: TUGboat Authors' Guide. This file is an updated version of
+ the file that produced the original Authors' Guide in TUGboat 10, no.
+ 3, November 1989.
+Keywords: plain TeX, TUGboat, TeX Users Group, authors' guide
+Author: TeX Users Group <TUGboat@math.ams.org>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 9 Mar 1992
+Archives: labrea, stuttgart, shsu
+
+Name: elm.tex (essential latex mathematics)
+Description: An addition to essential latex, describing mathematics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, math, essential, primer
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: (only one version)
+Archives: aston*
+Note: Does not describe mathematics under the NFSS. Uses the obsolete
+ ms[xy]m fonts. If I ever rewrite this for the NFSS, I will support
+ it again. Requires amssymbols.sty.
+See also: essential.tex, symbols.tex
+
+Name: symbols.tex
+Description: A listing of all the standard LaTeX math symbols and the
+ AMS symbols.
+Keywords: LaTeX, symbols, AMSFonts
+Author: David Carlisle <carlisle@cs.man.ac.uk>
+Latest Version: 2.00, 12 June 1992
+Archives: shsu*, aston
+Supported: yes
+Note: If used with the NFSS, requires AMSFONTS2.1, and amssymb.sty. If
+ used without the NFSS, does not show the AMS Fonts.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ LIST OF TEX ARCHIVES
+
+Much of the following information was quoted with permission from the
+May 1992 version of the `Supplement to the Frequently Asked Questions,'
+currently maintained by Guoying Chen <chenguo@spunky.cs.nyu.edu>.
+Wherever possible, I have had the information verified by the
+maintainers of the archives.
+
+Unless otherwise indicated, all of these archives are accessible via
+anonymous ftp. As a general rule, you can obtain information about the
+mail servers by sending a message containing only the word "help" to the
+address listed. Exceptions are noted below.
+
+In the "Archives" fields above, I refer to the archives by abbreviated
+names. In most cases, the mapping between abbreviation and archive is
+obvious. Whenever it is not, I have included the abbreviation in
+parentheses after the full archive name.
+
+On most archives, the TeX-related files are located in an obvious place,
+namely in a subdirectory "TeX" of the directory that ftp deposits you
+in. However, in a few cases the macros are located in a less obvious
+place and in such cases I've tried to provide some guidance for the
+user.
+
+dhdspri6.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Springer-Verlag
+ Mail server: svserv@dhdspri6.bitnet
+
+ Main archive for all official Springer-Verlag macros and other
+ information. All packages are in ZIP archives and will be mailed
+ UUencoded.
+
+e-math.ams.com [130.44.1.100]
+ The American Mathematical Society
+ Contact: tech-support@math.ams.org
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Home of AMS-TeX, AMS-LaTeX and the AMSFonts packages.
+
+ Since e-math is not a general-purpose TeX archive, it doesn't allow
+ submissions.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory ams.
+
+ftp.cs.ruu.nl [131.211.80.17] (utrecht)
+ Abbreviation: utrecht
+ Department of Computer Science, Utrecht University, the Netherlands
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT
+ Contact: Piet van Oostrum <piet@cs.ruu.nl>
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings (2000 to 0900 UTC)
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mail server: mail-server@cs.ruu.nl or uunet!mcsun!hp4nl!ruuinf!mail-server
+ To receive the help file, send the following message:
+
+ begin
+ path your_complete_email_address
+ send HELP
+ end
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/TEX.
+
+ Note: This archive was formerly called archive.cs.ruu.nl.
+
+ftp.cs.umb.edu [192.12.26.23]
+ Computer Science Department; University of Massachusetts at Boston
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ Latest versions of Karl Berry's modes.mf, Eplain macros, and font
+ naming scheme, Lucida-for-TeX (without the actual fonts, of course) and
+ web2c, the base of UNIX TeX, as well as the Sauter parameterizations of
+ the CM, lasy, Cyrillic, etc., fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory pub/tex.
+
+ftp.math.utah.edu [128.110.198.2]
+ Timezone: -0700 (Mountain Standard Time)
+ Center for Scientific Computing, Department of Mathematics,
+ University of Utah, Salt Lake City, UT 84112, USA
+ Contact: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+ Mail server: tuglib@math.utah.edu
+ System type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ TeX User Group archives, awk, benchmarks (floating-point, integer,
+ window system), elefunt (elementary function test package), IBM PC,
+ IBM RS/6000, Macintosh, Stardent, VAX VMS (only a few utilities).
+ The pub directory contains ls-lr file showing entire archive
+ contents, plus 00*.cmd and 00*.lst files giving recent changes in
+ directory listing and ftp command form. Each directory contains an
+ index file summarizing its contents. pub/misc directory contains
+ sources for several archive utilities. Indexed by archie servers.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex. BibTeX styles are found
+ in pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+ftp.th-darmstadt.de [130.83.55.75]
+ Technical University Darmstadt, Computing Center
+ System type: UNIX (AIX)
+ Time Zone: CET/CDT, ie, +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact:
+ concerning TeX: Joachim Schrod <schrod@iti.informatik.th-darmstadt.de>
+ general stuff: ftpadmin@ftp.th-darmstadt.de
+
+ About 100MB of TeX material, uses mirror software extensively.
+
+ TeX-related fles are found in pub/tex.
+ LaTeX styles are placed in pub/tex/latex, plain macros in pub/tex/plain.
+
+ftp.win.tue.nl [131.155.70.100]
+ Department of Mathematics and Computing Science
+ Eindhoven University of Technology
+ The Netherlands
+ System Type: UNIX
+ Time Zone: MET ( = GMT+1 = +0100 GMT )
+ Mail server: No (not yet, at least)
+ Contact: <ftp@win.tue.nl>
+
+ TeX-related files are found in pub/tex.
+
+ftp.uni-stuttgart.de [129.69.1.12]
+ Computing Centre of the University of Stuttgart (RUS), Germany
+ Time Zone: +0100 GMT, +0200GMT during summer
+ Contact: Barbara Burr <infoadm@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Rainer Sch\"opf <texinfo1@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de>
+ Mail server: mail-server@ftp.uni-stuttgart.de
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ More than 400MB of TeX files. Works together with TeX.ac.uk.
+
+ This archive is the primary source for emTeX, publicTeX, publicMF
+ and all styles by Frank Mittelbach and Rainer Sch\"opf (multicol,
+ verbatim, theorem, NFSS, ftnright, array).
+
+ TeX-related files are found in soft/tex.
+
+goya.uu.es [138.4.2.2]
+ Spain
+ Mail server: info@goya.uu.es
+
+ This is not a general TeX archive, but it is the home to a few files
+ for typesetting in Spanish. Those files can be found in
+ info/src/text/TeX/babel and info/src/text/TeX/spanish.
+
+hearn.bitnet (Mail server only)
+ Abbreviation: tex-nl
+ Mail server: listserv@hearn.bitnet
+ Contact: Johannes L. Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+
+ Home of the TEX-NL archives and the Babel system. Contains material of
+ particular use to Dutch-speaking users, as well as material of more
+ general interest.
+
+ People who are on the bitnet/earn RSCS network can retrieve files by
+ interactive commands, like SEND LISTSERV@HEARN GET TEX-NL FILELIST
+
+june.cs.washington.edu [128.95.1.4]
+ The University of Washington
+ Contact: elisabet@max.acs.washington.edu
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+labrea.stanford.edu [36.8.0.47]
+ Stanford University, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings.
+ System type: UNIX
+ Mirrored by: yallara.cs.rmit.oz.au [131.170.24.42]
+
+ Home of the archives of the Stanford TeX Project, e.g. tex.web.
+
+ TeX-related files are in the directory tex.
+
+midway.uchicago.edu [128.135.12.73]
+ Time Zone: -0500 GMT
+ Contact: Walter Carlip <oztex@midway.uchicago.edu>
+
+ Home of various Macintosh TeX goodies (in macintosh/tex).
+ Requests for any TeX-related things for the Mac can be sent
+ to oztex@midway.uchicago.edu and Walter will see if he
+ can find it. (How's *that* for dedication!)
+
+ OzTeX and related files are found in pub/OzTeX.
+
+ftp.shsu.edu [192.92.115.8]
+ Sam Houston State University
+ Contact: George D. Greenwade <bed_gdg@shsu.edu>
+ Mail server: fileserv@shsu.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Contains the usual TeX goodies.
+
+ SHSU has a flat file system, so files are fairly easy to find.
+ Miscellaneous individual LaTeX style files can be found in the
+ directory STY; other packages can be found in top-level directories
+ with obvious names (such as AMSLATEX, ASAETR, ARRAY, etc.)
+
+ If you would like to deposit a file in Sam Houston State University's
+ TeX-related archives, please ftp to pip.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.10) and
+ login as anonymous. Then:
+
+ 1) cd TeX-archive (the incoming archive directory)
+
+ 2) mkdir Your_own_directory_name (if necessary; whatever directory
+ name you choose should be appropriate for the file[s] you are
+ depositing)
+
+ 3) cd Your_own_directory_name (if appropriate)
+
+ 4) [m]put Your_files
+
+ Please follow this by sending a mail message to:
+
+ <FILESERV-Mgr@SHSU.edu>
+
+ with a Subject: line of ARCHIVE SUBMISSION. Please briefly state
+ what the files are and where you have placed them. Efforts will be
+ made to move them as quickly as possible to Sam Houston State
+ University's main ftp access host, ftp.SHSU.edu (192.92.115.8).
+
+ Due to space constraints, files in the TeX-archive directory tree are
+ not stable and may be removed at any time. If you have any questions
+ about this, please contact <FILESERV-Mgr>.
+
+noa.huji.ac.il [132.64.254.10]
+ The Computation Center of the Hebrew University of Jerusalem
+ Contact: Rama Porrat <rama@noa.huji.ac.il>
+ System type: UNIX
+
+ This is an archive containing Hebrew supplements to TeX, as well as
+ the TeX-XeT program, which is TeX including reversing commands for
+ right to left as well as left to right text. In addition to
+ TeX-XeT, it also contains the Jerusalem, TelAviv, OldJaffa and
+ DeadSea fonts.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory tex.
+
+TeX.ac.uk [134.151.40.18]
+ Abbrevation: Aston
+ Aston University, Birmingham, UK
+ Time Zone: 0000 GMT
+ Contact: Archive-Group@TeX.ac.uk
+ Mail server: texserver@TeX.ac.uk
+ System type: VMS
+
+ Home of the UKTeX newsletter, and a repository for all sorts of
+ things. Aggressively tracks down packages for downloading. Claims
+ to be the biggest TeX archive in the world. In addition to ftp and
+ mail-server access, other services include
+
+ - telnet access to browse directories
+
+ - JANET access (UK only)
+ Host: uk.ac.tex (JANET DTE 000020120091)
+ Username: public Password: public
+ Log in interactively to browse the directories
+
+ - supply of TeX for Unix, VMS, MS-DOS and Mac on tape or disk as
+ appropriate. Details can be found at the end of every issue of the
+ UKTeX Digest, which is archived in [tex-archive.digests.uktex]. In
+ an emergency, you can write to
+ Peter Abbott
+ Computing Service, Aston University,
+ Aston Triangle, Birmingham B4 7ET
+ p.abbott@aston.ac.uk
+
+ The UK TeX Archive's chief characteristics are
+
+ - `exploded' filestore. This is not a set of compressed tar achives,
+ but directories containing (where possible) ASCII individual files
+ only (for ease of transfer in somewhat cranky UK network). Binary
+ files are ASCII encoded.
+
+ - support for VMS, Mac, DOS and Unix; we try to have up to date
+ working copies of TeX, etc., for the major OSes.
+
+ TeX-related files are found in the directory DISK$TEX:[TEX-ARCHIVE].
+
+ To submit files to the Aston archive, send mail to
+ archive-contributions@tex.ac.uk with details of what you want to add.
+ JANET users can transfer material direct to [contributions], but should
+ also send mail to indicate they have done so.
+
+theory.lcs.mit.edu [18.52.0.92]
+ Theory of Computation Group; MIT Laboratory for Computer Science
+ Cambridge, Massachusetts
+ Contact: William Ang <ang@theory.lcs.mit.edu>
+ Mail server: archive-server@theory.lcs.mit.edu
+ System Type: UNIX (SunOS 4.1.1)
+
+ Home of the TeX Macro Catalogue, which can be found in
+ pub/tex/tex-styles-and-macros.txt, along with a smattering of other
+ TeX-related files.
+
+vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de (Mail server only)
+ Heidelberg
+ Mail server: listserv@vm.urz.uni-heidelberg.de
+
+wsmr-simtel20.army.mil [192.88.110.20]
+ White Sands Missile Range, New Mexico, USA
+ Time Zone: -0600 GMT
+ Contact: w8sdz@wsmr-simtel20.army.mil (Keith Petersen)
+ Suggested hours: Weekends and evenings
+ Mirrored by: wuarchive.wustl.edu [128.252.135.4]
+
+ An archive of MS-DOS and other stuff. TeX-related things
+ can be found in the directory pd1:<msdos.tex>.
+
+ymir.claremont.edu [134.173.4.23]
+ The Claremont Colleges, California, USA
+ Time zone: -0700 GMT
+ Contact: Don Hosek <dhosek@ymir.claremont.edu>
+ Mail server: mailserv@ymir.claremont.edu
+ System type: VMS
+
+ The second-largest TeX archive in the world. Aggressively tracks
+ down packages for downloading.
+
+ Most TeX macros files are found in subdirectories of
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.INPUTS], though the Babel system is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOU.TEX.BABEL] and MusicTeX is in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.MUSIC]. BibTeX files are in
+ LOCAL:[ANONYMOUS.TEX.BIBTEX].
+
+ To submit a file to the ymir archive, ftp to fenris.claremont.edu
+ (134.173.4.146) and place the file in the directory pub/submission;
+ then send a note to tex-group@hmcvax.claremont.edu to alert the
+ archive staff of the new file. If you don't have access to ftp, send
+ a note to tex-group with the sizes and number of files and they will
+ work out how to receive it.
+
+***************************************************************************
+ GLOSSARY OF KEYWORDS
+
+Actually, this is more of a list of keywords right now. I've tried to
+clarify obscure keywords, while relying on many keywords to be
+self-explanatory. For example, any keyword which is the name of a
+language indicates that the macros provide support of some sort for
+typesetting in that language. Similarly, a keyword which is a name of a
+major TeX package means that the macros are meant for use with that
+package.
+
+A4 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A4 page size
+
+A5 -- implements a page layout based on the standard A5 page size
+
+accent -- macros for putting special accents on characters
+
+ACM -- macros for typesetting papers for ACM proceedings
+
+acronym -- macros for manipulating acronyms
+
+AIP -- implements a layout based on the American Institute of Physics
+ journals
+
+algorithm -- useful for typesetting algorithms
+
+allocation -- macros which modify or extend TeX's allocation mechanism
+ (i.e., things like \newdimen, \newskip, etc.)
+
+AMS -- macros which are either supported by the American Mathematical
+ Society, or which provide support for the AMS fonts.
+
+AMS-LaTeX
+
+AMS-TeX
+
+amsfonts -- macros which provide support for the AMSFonts package, which
+ includes the msam and msbm symbol fonts.
+
+amsppt -- modifications or extensions to the AMS-TeX amsppt preprint
+ document style.
+
+antiparticle -- macros for typesetting anti-particles in particle physics.
+
+APA -- macros for producing citations of the form "(Jones, 1986)" and
+ without labels in the bibliography. [what does APA stand for,
+ anyway? -- dmj]
+
+APL -- useful for typesetting code written in the programming language
+ APL
+
+ArborText dvips -- requires ArborText's implementation of dvips
+
+array -- modifies or extends the LaTeX "array" environment
+
+article -- implements a document style useful for typesetting documents
+ such as journal articles. When applied to a LaTeX document-style
+ option, it means that the option is primarily meant to be used with
+ article.sty
+
+Austrian
+
+authors' guide -- guidelines or documentation for authors
+
+autonumbering -- support for the automatic numbering of such document
+ structures as sections, theorems, lists, etc.
+
+autoTOC -- support for the automatic compilation of a Table of Contents.
+
+Babel -- Part of Johannes Braams' Babel system for foreign language
+ support in LaTeX and plain TeX.
+
+barcode -- typesets the zipcode barcodes used by the US Postal Service.
+
+baseball
+
+Bezier -- implements Bezier curves (cubic or quadratic splines)
+
+bibliography -- macros for producing a bibliography
+
+BibTeX -- macros for use with Oren Patashnik's BibTeX bibliograpy
+ database program
+
+BibTeX 0.98 -- requires an obsolete version of BibTeX
+
+binary trees
+
+blackboard bold
+
+BNF -- macros for typesetting Backhaus-Naur formalisms
+
+bold symbol -- macros for accessing bold versions of math symbols
+
+book -- implements a document style, or otherwise provides support, for
+ typesetting book-like documents. When applied to a LaTeX
+ document-style option, it means that the option is primarily meant
+ to be used with book.sty
+
+bookform
+
+borders -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+box -- macros for manipulating boxes
+
+C -- for typesetting code written in the C programming language
+
+calendar -- provides various calendar functions for TeX
+
+camera-ready
+
+caption
+
+card
+
+cassette
+
+cassette label
+
+Catalan
+
+category-theory
+
+changebars
+
+chemistry
+
+chess
+
+citation -- macros which modify or extend LaTeX's \cite command, or
+ which provide an analogous function
+
+classified -- macros for typesetting documents with "classified" ratings
+
+cmcyr
+
+color -- support for color graphics or other special effects
+
+comment -- implements a comment environment for TeX
+
+Common Lisp -- support for typesetting Common Lisp code
+
+common macros -- macros common to two or more document styles
+
+commutative diagrams -- graphics support for producing commutative
+ diagrams
+
+counter
+
+Croatian
+
+cropmark
+
+crosswords
+
+currency
+
+Cyrillic
+
+Czech
+
+Danish
+
+date
+
+decimal
+
+DECUS
+
+delimiters
+
+diagrams
+
+discretionary
+
+dissertation
+
+documentation
+
+doublespace
+
+dow -- macros for calculating the day of week
+
+draft
+
+drama
+
+dropcaps -- typesets the first letter of a paragraph enlarged
+
+Dutch
+
+dvi2ln3
+
+dvi2ps
+
+dvidrv
+
+dvidvi
+
+dvips
+
+dvitops
+
+e-mail pathname
+
+EC/DC
+
+emphasis
+
+emTeX -- for use with emTeX, a TeX implementation for PC's
+
+endnotes
+
+English
+
+enumerate
+
+envelope
+
+epigram
+
+eplain
+
+EPSF
+
+epsf
+
+eqnarray -- modifications of LaTeX's eqnarray environment
+
+equation
+
+equation number
+
+Esperanto
+
+essential
+
+eufm
+
+examination
+
+figure
+
+figures
+
+filename
+
+Finnish
+
+float
+
+floats
+
+flushleft
+
+fmt -- indicates that the package is meant to serve as the basis for a
+ new format (.fmt) file.
+
+font
+
+fontchart -- prints out a font table similar to those found in Appendix F
+ of the TeX Book
+
+fonts
+
+footnote numbering
+
+footnotes
+
+formletter
+
+framebox -- macros for drawing rules around boxes, similar to LaTeX's
+ \framebox command or the \boxit macro in Exercise 21.3 of the
+ TeXbook
+
+frames -- macros for putting frames around boxes
+
+French
+
+generic -- macros which should work with practically any TeX macro
+ package
+
+German
+
+german
+
+glossing -- macros for vertically aligning words in consecutive sentences
+
+graphics
+
+Greek
+
+header -- macros for modifying the page header
+
+Hebrew
+
+hline
+
+Hungarian
+
+hyphenation -- hyphenation patterns
+
+Icelandic
+
+ICPR -- document style for the International Conference on Pattern
+ Recognition proceedings
+
+IEE
+
+IEEE -- document style for proceedings published by the Institute of
+ Electrical and Electronics Engineers
+
+indent -- modifies the indentation of paragraphs
+
+index -- for producing indexes.
+
+initex
+
+input
+
+inrstex
+
+inserts -- modifies TeX's mechanism for floating insertions
+
+integral
+
+IPA
+
+ISO
+
+journal -- style file for typesetting journal articles
+
+LamS-TeX
+
+landscape
+
+language
+
+LaTeX
+
+letter
+
+LeXTeX
+
+limits -- modifies the behavior of subscripts or superscripts of math
+ operators
+
+line breaks
+
+line numbering
+
+lines
+
+linespacing
+
+linguistics
+
+lists
+
+LNCS -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Computer Science
+
+LNP -- macros for typesetting articles for Springer-Verlag's Lecture
+ Notes in Physics
+
+logical gates
+
+logos
+
+loop -- implements looping constructs for TeX
+
+macro
+
+mailing labels
+
+MakeIndex -- requires Pehong Chen's makeindex program
+
+manpage -- for typesetting UNIX-style manual pages
+
+manual -- for typesetting manuals
+
+margin notes
+
+math
+
+math symbol
+
+mathematics
+
+mathfonts
+
+matrices
+
+memo
+
+METAFONT
+
+metafont
+
+MFT
+
+midnight -- for use with Marcel van der Goot's Midnight macros
+
+milstd
+
+minipage
+
+MIT Press -- document style for producing books compliant (more or less)
+ with MIT Press's requirements
+
+modularity
+
+msam -- macros for using the AMS symbol font A (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+msbm -- macros for using the AMS symbol font B (part of the AMSFonts
+ package)
+
+multi-column
+
+multi-page
+
+newcolumn
+
+newcommand
+
+newlines
+
+newsletter
+
+NFSS -- requires Mittelbach and Sch\"opf's New Font Selection Scheme
+
+nofill
+
+Norwegian
+
+NTG
+
+numbers
+
+Object-Z -- for typesetting Object-Z specifications
+
+OFSS -- requires the Old Font Selection Scheme (i.e., LaTeX's original
+ font selection scheme)
+
+operatorname
+
+optarg
+
+outer -- modifies TeX`s \outer primitive
+
+outline
+
+output
+
+page control
+
+page layout
+
+page style
+
+pagenumbers
+
+pagestyle
+
+paper
+
+paragraph
+
+parbox
+
+parse trees
+
+path name
+
+PC
+
+perl
+
+phonelist
+
+PHYS-TeX
+
+Physical Review
+
+physics
+
+PHYZZX
+
+PicTeX
+
+picture
+
+plain TeX
+
+pmb -- "poor man's bold," that is, a method of producing low-quality
+ bold symbols when there is no real bold version of a symbol, as
+ described in Appendix D of the TeXbook
+
+Polish
+
+pom -- macros for calculating the period of the moon
+
+portrait
+
+Portuguese
+
+PostScript
+
+PostScript fonts
+
+primer
+
+proceedings -- for typesetting articles for proceedins of various
+ conferences
+
+prooftree
+
+publisher style -- macros which are either supplied by a publisher, or
+ else have been written to implement some publisher's requirements
+
+quotation
+
+quote marks
+
+railroad -- macros for typesetting so-called "railroad" diagrams for
+ describing the syntax of, for example, programming languages
+
+RCS -- interface to the UNIX Revision Control System
+
+register
+
+report
+
+resume
+
+REVTeX
+
+Romanian
+
+rotate
+
+rotation
+
+Russian
+
+Scheme -- for typesetting bits of Scheme code
+
+screenplay
+
+SCREENVIEW
+
+script
+
+scripts
+
+ScriptTeX
+
+section
+
+section numbers
+
+sectioning
+
+SIAM -- macros designed for publications of the Society for Industrial
+ and Applied Mathematics
+
+SLaTeX
+
+slides
+
+SliTeX
+
+Slovenian
+
+Smalltalk programming language
+
+solutions
+
+Spanish
+
+speed
+
+SPIE
+
+Springer-Verlag -- macros either supplied by the Springer-Verlag
+ publishing company or else written to satisfy their requirements
+
+stageplay
+
+standards documents
+
+string comparison
+
+strut
+
+style
+
+style-option
+
+subnumbering
+
+sum
+
+summation
+
+Swedish
+
+symbol
+
+symbols
+
+syntax checking
+
+table
+
+tables
+
+tabular
+
+tangle
+
+TeX
+
+TeX examples
+
+TeX tutorials
+
+TeX Users Group
+
+TeX-XeT
+
+TeXbook
+
+TeXsis
+
+TEXT1
+
+tgrind
+
+theorem
+
+theorm
+
+thesis
+
+time
+
+timeline
+
+titlepage
+
+TOC
+
+toc
+
+tpic
+
+trademark
+
+tree
+
+trees
+
+TUG proceedings
+
+TUGboat
+
+Turkish
+
+two-column
+
+two-up
+
+UK English
+
+underlining
+
+UNIX
+
+VDM specification language
+
+verbatim
+
+virtual fonts
+
+vita
+
+vrbinput -- macros for inputting files and typesetting them verbatim
+
+weave
+
+WEB
+
+weird
+
+x-ref warnings
+
+xrefs
+
+XY-pic
+
+Young tableaux
+
+YTeX
+
+yTeX
+
+Z
+
+zip -- macros for typesetting zipcodes in barcode format
+
+***************************************************************************
+ APPENDIX: CONVERTING THE CATALOGUE TO A MORE STANDARD DATABASE FORMAT
+
+Steve Fisk <fisk@polar.bowdoin.edu> pointed out that many database
+programs would choke on the format of the Catalogue because
+
+ (1) there are a different number of fields in a record
+ (e.g. "Note:" is not always there)
+ (2) fields can span several lines
+ (e.g. "Description")
+ (3) the Catalogue contains lines that are not records
+ (e.g. the section and subsection headings)
+
+Here's a UNIX-specific solution to this problem: an awk script that
+reformats the Catalogue and removes all superflous lines.
+
+To convert the Catalogue to the format described above, do the following:
+
+1) Put the following in a file called "script".
+
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+BEGIN { FS = ":"; \
+ counter = 0; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: " }
+
+
+/^%/ {}
+
+/^[a-zA-Z]+/ && counter == 1 {$field = $1; x[$field] = $0}
+
+/^[ ]+/ && counter == 1 { x[$field] = x[$field] substr($0,4) }
+
+NF == 0 && counter == 1 && x["Name"] != "Name: " \
+ { printf "%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n%s\n\n", \
+ x["Name"], x["Description"], x["Keywords"], x["Archives"], \
+ x["Author"], x["Latest Version"], x["Supported"], x["See also"], \
+ x["Note"] ; \
+ x["Name"] = "Name: "; \
+ x["Description"] = "Description: "; \
+ x["Keywords"] = "Keywords: "; \
+ x["Archives"] = "Archives: "; \
+ x["Author"] = "Author: "; \
+ x["Latest Version"] = "Latest Version: "; \
+ x["Supported"] = "Supported: "; \
+ x["See also"] = "See also: "; \
+ x["Note"] = "Note: "}
+
+/^\*\*\*\*\*\*\*/ { if (counter == 1) {counter = 0} else {counter = 1} }
+------------------------------cut here------------------------------
+
+2) Execute the command
+
+ awk -f script tex-styles-and-macros.txt > newindex
+
+If all goes well, newindex should be in the required form. (Note that
+this uses the old awk; it should be easy to modify it to use the newer
+versions of awk if necessary.)
+
+***************************************************************************
+ COMING ATTRACTIONS
+
+%% This section contains incomplete entries. In most cases, the entry
+%% is incomplete only because I haven't had time to complete it. In a
+%% few cases, the entry is incomplete because I haven't had time to
+%% track down the authors for verification of the information.
+
+Name: autotab.sty
+Description: LaTeX documentstyle for creating tables automatically by
+ reading data from a separate input file, which contains one entry
+ per line.
+Keywords: LaTeX, tabular
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, 5 Oct 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and example file, autotab.tex.
+
+Name: bnf.sty
+Description: LaTeX macros for pretty-printing context-free grammars
+ using the notation from "Elements of the Theory of Computation" by
+ Harry R. Lewis and Christos H. Papadimitriou.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BNF
+Author: Hugh Osborne <hugh@cs.kun.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.1a, 30 Jan 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages comes with a readme file (bnf.README), a list of known
+ bugs (bnf.bugs), and a manual (bnf.tex).
+See also: ebnf.sty, bnf.tex
+
+Name: chemstruct.tex
+Description: plain TeX macros for drawing chemistry structural formulas.
+Keywords: plain TeX, chemistry
+Author: Michael Ramek
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.0, Nov 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Package comes with a manual, chemdoc.tex, which includes several
+ example figures, each in a separate file.
+
+Name: crc.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing papers for the
+ 1991 International Workshop on Robust Control.
+Keywords: LaTeX, proceedings, camera-ready
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This is based on birk.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: floatfig.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to allow figures to "float" in
+ paragraphs, i.e., to allow figures that only take up a fraction of
+ the width of a page to be surrounded by flowing text. These macros
+ are based on the plain TeX macros described by Thomas J. Reid in
+ "Floating Figures at the Right," TUGboat 8(3):315, November 1987.
+Keywords: LaTeX, float, figures
+Author: Thomas Kneser, Gesellschaft f\"ur wissenschaftliche
+ Datenverarbeitung mbH G\"ottingen, FRG
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v0.4, 08 May 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Packages includes a user's manual (floatfig.tex) and a sample file
+ (example.tex).
+
+Name: abbrevfr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: readme, README, README.initex
+
+Name: dumyhyph.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: english.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: flisting.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: french.tst
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchfr.doc
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchla.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlm.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlr.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchlu.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frencht.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hyconfig.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex2.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: hymltex3.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: initex.bug
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: language.dat
+Description:
+Keywords: French
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: german3.sty
+Description: An experimental plain TeX/LaTeX style file for typesetting
+ German using TeX version 3 (or later) and the DC text fonts.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, german, DC, TeX3
+Author: Rainer Sch\"opf <Schoepf@sc.ZIB-Berlin.de> and Bernd Raichle
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0c, 8 Apr 1992
+Archives: stuttgart*, aston
+See also: german.sty, germanb.sty
+
+Name: letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting letters in German.
+Keywords: LaTeX, german, letter
+Author: Dietmar Heinrich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 04 May 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Includes a documentation file, letter.tex.
+
+Name: megatape.sty (.doc)
+Description: LaTeX document style for typesetting cassette tape labels.
+ Modification of tape.sty (q.v.).
+Keywords: LaTeX, cassette
+Author: Martin Nickel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 16 Oct 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a demonstration file, megademo.tex.
+See also: tape.sty
+
+Name: prelim.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to mark manuscripts as drafts
+ by putting a line stating that it's a draft, along with the date and
+ time of formatting, on every page. (Note: the default marker text
+ is "ENTWURF", but can be changed by redefining a single macro.)
+Keywords: LaTeX, draft
+Author: Robert Tolksdorf
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Jul 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, prelim.tex, in German.
+See also: draft.sty, drafthead.sty
+
+Name: changebar.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for including changebars in a
+ device-independent way.
+Keywords: LaTeX, changebar, output
+Author: David B. Johnson <dbj@titan.rice.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: chapref.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to produce separate reference
+ sections for each chapter in a document.
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter J. Knaggs, School of Computing and Mathematics, Teesside
+ Polytechnic, Middlesbrogh, Cleveland, England.
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: chapterbib.sty
+
+Name: db.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option to generate listings, send out
+ letters, etc., using a database.
+Keywords: LaTeX, formletter
+Author: George Panagopoulos <georgios@umiacs.umd.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.1, 20 Nov 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: The file db.sty contains documentation and a sample file.
+
+Name: hndout.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for producing Plymouth
+ Polytechnic Computer Service handouts. For use with the 11pt
+ article style.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: Jon Warbrick
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: Jan 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: laioobr.sty
+Description: LaTeX letter document style for ???. Has support for
+ Dutch, British English, American English and German letters. For
+ use with the Babel system?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: Werenfried Spit
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 6 Nov 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: lcaption.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for formatting of long captions
+ with hanging indentation.
+Keywords: LaTeX, caption, float
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <Krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 06 Jan 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: hangcaption.sty
+
+Name: loval.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ putting boxes with rounded corners around text, similar to the \fbox
+ command.
+Keywords: LaTeX, box
+Author: Elmar Schal\"uck <elmar@uni-paderborn.de>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1, Feb 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation and demonstration file, lovaltest.tex.
+
+Name: nnfootnote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an alternate
+ footnote command for unnumbered footnotes.
+Keywords: LaTeX, footnote
+Author: T Mark Ellison
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: pspic.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that redefines the standard
+ LaTeX Picture commands to produce PostScript specials rather than
+ using the LaTeX picture fonts. This is meant for use with Tomas
+ Rokicki's dvips
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture, PostScript, dvips
+Author: Kresten Krab Thorup <krab@iesd.auc.dk>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.1b, 12 Apr 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rmthm.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for customizing theorem-like
+ environments by making it easy to change the font style in which
+ theorems are typeset, specify an end-of-theorem marker, and suppress
+ the numbering of some environments.
+Keywords: LaTeX, theorem
+Author: Nico Verwer <nico@cs.ruu.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 14 June 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+See also: theorem.sty
+
+Name: sines.tex
+Description: TeX macros to calculate the sines of angles between -90 and
+ 90 degrees by using the first three terms of the Taylor expansion of
+ sin(x).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, sine, math
+Author: Jim Walker
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabto.tex
+Description: TeX macro for tabbing to a position relative to the left
+ margin in a paragraph.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX
+Author: Donald Arseneau <asnd@jack.triumf.ca>, <asnd@triumfcl.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: trigonometry.tex
+Description: TeX macros for calculating the sine of angles between -pi/2
+ and pi/2.
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX,
+Author: Philip Taylor
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Originally published in TeXhax Digest, September 1989.
+
+Name: verbatimfiles.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for inputting entire files in
+ verbatim mode. Also allows automatic numbering of the lines of the
+ inputted file.
+Keywords: LaTeX, verbatim, verbinput
+Author: Chris Rowley <ca_rowley@uk.ac.open.acs.vax.>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: a4letter.sty
+Description: LaTeX German letter style for use with A4 paper.
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, A4
+Author: D. Heinrich
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 14 Apr 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: annotation.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines an "annotation"
+ environment, for text that can be either printed or ignored.
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Tom Hofmann <wtho@cgch.uucp>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: cites.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that provides superscript
+ reference numbers in citations and bibliographies, collapses
+ consecutive reference numbers into a range of numbers without first
+ sorting the numbers (e.g., 1,3,4,5,6,8,9 is printed as 1,3--6,8,9)
+ and gives extra control over the appearance of citations and
+ bibliography labels. This is based on Charles Karney's aip.sty
+ (q.v.). Possibly only for use with darticle.sty?
+Keywords: LaTeX, bibliography, citation
+Author: G. Kruljac <kruljac@ds0mpi11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 6 May 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: deflist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a list environment
+ that takes a single argument, the longest label in the list, and
+ adjusts the leftmargin accordingly.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: diagram.tex
+Description: LaTeX macros for typesetting commutative diagrams.
+Keywords: LaTeX, commutative diagrams
+Author: Francis Borceux <fborceux@buclln11.bitnet>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v2.2
+Archives: stuttgart
+Note: Package comes with a user's manual, diagramdoc.tex.
+
+Name: expdlist.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a variant of the
+ description environment that allows easy customization.
+Keywords: LaTeX, list, description
+Author: Rainer Huelse and Wolfgang Kaspar <urz86@dmswwu1a.bitnet>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0a, 20 Sep 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: This style is written with Frank Mittelbach's doc.sty (q.v.).
+
+Name: frenchponct.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that adjusts the space before
+ the "double" punctuation marks (!, ?, ; and :) to follow French
+ typographical rules (but only if space has already been left before
+ them).
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author: Y. Roy
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: frenchquote.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines facsimiles of the
+ French double quote marks
+Keywords: plain TeX, LaTeX, French
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: garticle.sty
+Description: Variant of article.sty for typesetting in German.
+ Obsolete. See german.sty or germanb.sty instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, German, article
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 8 Jun 1987
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with an 11 point style, gart11.sty.
+
+Name: joe.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the Journal of Economics.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, journal
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 2 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfarticle.sty
+Description: Modification of article.sty to support a sans-serif font
+ style and also to replace hardwired strings (like the name of the
+ bibliography, etc.) by control sequences. Probably obsolete. See
+ the BABEL system instead.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article, font
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart10.sty
+Description: 10 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart11.sty
+Description: 11 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sfart12.sty
+Description: 12 point document-style option for use with sfarticle.sty.
+Keywords: LaTeX, article
+Author: B. Simon and H. Partl
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 29 Sep 88
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unilogo.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option that defines a command for
+ generating the University of Stuttgart logo at arbitrary sizes from
+ 15mm to 75mm in diameter.
+Keywords: LaTeX, picture
+Author: Gert Willmann
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: 25 Nov 1988
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+ COLORTEX
+
+Name: colorrgb.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: ColorTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: guide.tex, gut91.tex, gut91gb.tex
+
+Name: euro.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: mancolor.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: rapport.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note:
+
+Name: dirkslides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: dirkslides-sample.tex
+
+Name: dinbrief.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for German letters?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter, german
+Author: Wolfgang Schwarz <blacky@ds0ita51>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 11 May 1992
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: Comes with a documentation file, dinbrief.doc.
+
+Name: ipebrief.sty
+Description: Letter style for the University of Stuttgart?
+Keywords: LaTeX, letter
+Author: W. Schwarz
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.2, 12 Feb 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: ipebrief_beispiel.tex, ipebrief_doc.tex, unilogo
+
+Name: ruspaper.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: B. Burr
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rustitel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: uni.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: usus.readme
+
+Name: us10.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us11.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: us12.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: stickers.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Mark Overmars
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: stickerdoc.tex
+
+Name: ailetter.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: bridge.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dblitem.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Norman J. Richert <richert@cl.uh.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: invertedparagraphs.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: logo-denk.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: regel.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.0, 30 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rnl-slides.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, SliTeX
+Author: Johannes Braams <J.L.Braams@research.ptt.nl>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v0.2, 25 Jan 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sentences.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: shsulet.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: shsu*, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: sqmac.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Michael Barr
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: sqsample.tex
+
+Name: sqrt.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: strukto.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: T. Birnthaler
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v2.0, 11 Nov 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tl-sample.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: timing.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Ludwig May/Jens Leilich
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: read.me, timing.tex
+
+Name: tksbrief.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 31 Dec 1990
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tksbrief.tex
+See also: privat.sty
+
+Name: privat.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Torsten-Karl Strempel
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1 Jul 1991
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: dina4.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: disstyle.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author: Gabriele Kruljac
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.2 15 Jun 1989
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: nl.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: rahmen.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: tabbingbox.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+Note: tables-doc.tex
+
+Name: topnum.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: unfinished.tex
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX,
+Author:
+Supported: no
+Latest Version:
+Archives: stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: texinfo.tex
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+Name: semitic.sty
+Description:
+Keywords:
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives:
+
+ jTeX
+
+ muTeX
+
+ MusicTeX
+
+cmcscsl10.mf
+
+*Additional BibTeX styles
+
+The following BibTeX styles are all available from ftp.math.utah.edu in the
+directory ~ftp/pub/tex/bibtex.
+
+Name: aaai-named.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Peter F. Patel-Schneider <pfps@research.att.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: apalike2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Eric Ho <eho@word>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 12 Jan 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: astron.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Sake J. Hogeveen <l42@nikhefh.nikhef.nl>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: authordate1-4.sty
+Description: LaTeX document-style option for use with the BibTeX
+ bibliography styles authordate1, authordate2, authordate3 and
+ authordate4.
+Keywords: LaTeX BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate1.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate2.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate2.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate3.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate3.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate4.bst
+
+Name: authordate4.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: David Rhead <David_Rhead@vme.nott.ac.uk>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: Mar 1990
+Archives: utah
+See also: authordate1-4.sty, authordate1.bst, authordate2.bst,
+ authordate3.bst
+
+Name: bbs.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of Behavioral and Brain Sciences. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 15 Feb 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cbe.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the Council of Biology Editors format, which is used by
+ Evolution, American Naturalist, and lots of other journals. It was
+ adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J.
+ Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: cell.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.23, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.bst
+
+Name: cell.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/cell.sty
+
+Name: humanbio.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journal Human Biology. It was adapted
+ from apalike.bst, incorporating features of Sake J. Hogeveen's
+ `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: humannat.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the journals Human Nature and American
+ Anthropologist. It was adapted from apalike.bst, incorporating
+ features of Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.03, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.sty.
+
+Name: is-abbrv.bst
+Description: Modification of the abbrv BibTeX bibliography style
+ (abbrv.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-alpha.bst
+Description: Modification of the alpha BibTeX bibliography style
+ (alpha.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-plain.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-plain.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-unsrt.bst
+
+Name: is-unsrt.bst
+Description: Modification of the unsrt BibTeX bibliography style
+ (unsrt.bst) that has support for ISBN and ISSN fields and for a
+ PERIODICAL bibliography type.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.02, 12 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah*
+See also: is-abbrv.bst, is-alpha.bst, is-plain.bst
+
+Name: jbact.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires jbact.sty.
+
+Name: jbact.sty
+Description: LaTeX
+Keywords: LaTeX
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+See also: jbact.bst
+
+Name: jmb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the Journal of Molecular
+ Biology and Journal of Theoretical Biology.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v1.21, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov:pub/delila/jmb.bst.Z
+Note: jmb.sty
+
+Name: jtb.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style that produces bibliographies more
+ or less in the format of the Journal of Theoretical Biology. It was
+ adapted from Sake J. Hogeveen's `astron.bst'.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Alan Rogers <rogers@anthro.utah.edu>
+Supported: no
+Latest Version: v1.1, 1990
+Archives: utah
+Note: Requires astron.bst.
+
+Name: namunsrt.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: nar.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style for the journal Nucleic Acid
+ Research. It was adapted from the standard unsrt.bst style file.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: v3.04, 10 Sep 1991
+Archives: utah
+Note: nar.sty
+
+Name: nature.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Tom Schneider? (Ask Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>)
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.05, 29 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: nature.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author:
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/nature.sty
+
+Name: newapa.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu>,
+ <spencer@cgrg.ohio.state.edu>, <71160.3141@compuserve.com>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: newapa.sty
+Description:
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Stephen N. Spencer <spencer@heinlein.cgrg.ohio.state.edu> and
+ Nelson H. F. Beebe <beebe@math.utah.edu>??
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version:
+Archives: utah, stuttgart, aston
+
+Name: phaip.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: yes
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phapalik.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phcpc.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phiaea.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phjcp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phnflet.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phpf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phppcf.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phreport.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: phrmp.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Charles Karney <karney@princeton.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 27 Feb 1990
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: plainyr.bst
+Description: Modification of the plain BibTeX bibliography style
+ (plain.bst) that sorts items by year, author and title, in that
+ order.
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Michael P. Perrone <mpp@cs.brown.edu>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: 26 Jun 1992
+Archives: utah
+
+Name: science.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.bst
+
+Name: science.sty
+Description: LaTeX document style for the journal Science?
+Keywords: LaTeX, BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v2.03, 24 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/science.sty
+
+Name: control.bst
+Description: BibTeX bibliography style
+Keywords: BibTeX, bibliography
+Author: Thomas D. Schneider <toms@ncifcrf.gov>
+Supported: ???
+Latest Version: v1.09, 30 Aug 1992
+Archives: ncifcrf.gov [129.43.1.11]:pub/delila/control.bst
+
+===========================================================================
+
+% Keep these lines at the end of the file!
+% Local Variables:
+% fill-column: 72
+% End: